ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
HR12DE (TYPE 1) STOP/START SYSTEM .............................................31 F
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 20 tion ...........................................................................31
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Description G
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................20 ....33
Information .............................................................. 20 ECM .........................................................................34
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................... 20 Malfunction Indicator (MI) ........................................35
H
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) .......................35
PRECAUTION .............................................. 21 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ..........................35
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................21 Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ture Sensor) .............................................................35 I
FOR EUROPE ........................................................... 21 Electric Throttle Control Actuator .............................36
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Re- Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ..........................37
straint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .......................37 J
PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................. 21 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................38
Fuel Injector .............................................................38
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE ............................................ 21 Fuel Pump ...............................................................38
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supple- K
Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) ........................39
mental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 ..................................39
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................ 21 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................40
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 22 EGR Volume Control Valve .....................................40 L
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EGR Temperature Sensor .......................................40
and CVT .................................................................. 22 Knock Sensor ..........................................................41
General Precautions ............................................... 23 Cooling Fan .............................................................41 M
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ............... 25 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........41
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
PREPARATION ........................................... 26
Valve ........................................................................42 N
PREPARATION ..................................................26 Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
Special Service Tools .............................................. 26 ture Sensor) .............................................................42
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 26 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................43
Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................43 O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 27 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................43
ASCD Steering Switch .............................................43
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................27 Information Display ..................................................43 P
DC/DC Converter ....................................................44
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 27
Stop/Start Indicator ..................................................44
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Engine Restart Relay ...............................................44
Component Parts Location .................................... 27
Brake Pedal Position Switch ....................................44
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component De-
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor ..............................45
scription ................................................................... 30
Hood Switch ............................................................45

EC-1
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ...................... 46 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di-
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ............................... 46 agram ...................................................................... 65
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
SYSTEM ............................................................. 47 scription ................................................................... 65
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 47 STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................ 65
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram... 47 STOP/START SYSTEM : System Diagram ............ 66
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description ........ 66
tion .......................................................................... 48
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe .............. 48 OPERATION ...................................................... 72
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ............... 51 AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ... 72
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Diagram .................................................... 52 : Switch Name and Function ................................... 72
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
tem Description ....................................................... 52 SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 73
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function ....... 73
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 54
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 75
System Diagram .................................................... 54 Precaution for Stop/Start System ............................ 75
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 76
scription .................................................................. 55
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 76
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 55 GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 76
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 77
Diagram .................................................................. 56
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 77
Description .............................................................. 56 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 77
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 57
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
Frame Data ............................................................. 77
CD) : System Diagram ............................................ 57
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 78
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 81
CD) : System Description ....................................... 57
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
SPEED LIMITER ....................................................... 57 Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 82
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram ....................... 58 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
SPEED LIMITER : System Description .................. 58 tor (MI) .................................................................... 83
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 84
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 58 CONSULT-III Function ............................................ 87
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 58
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 95
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 59
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ....... 59 ECM ................................................................... 95
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 59 Reference Value ..................................................... 95
Fail Safe ............................................................... 108
EGR SYSTEM ........................................................... 61 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 111
EGR SYSTEM : System Diagram .......................... 61 DTC Index ............................................................ 113
EGR SYSTEM : System Description ...................... 61 Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 116
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 62
DC/DC CONVERTER ....................................... 123
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Reference Value ................................................... 123
Diagram .................................................................. 62
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 125
Description .............................................................. 62
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 125
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) ............. 63 Application Notice ................................................. 125
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Sys-
tem Diagram ........................................................... 64 TYPE A .................................................................... 125
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Sys- TYPE A : Wiring Diagram ..................................... 126
tem Description ....................................................... 64
TYPE B .................................................................... 141
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 64 TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ..................................... 142

EC-2
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 157 Work Procedure ..................................................... 184
A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 157 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 186
Work Flow ............................................................. 157
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 160 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE ............................................................. 186 EC
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Description ............................................................. 186
ECM .................................................................. 162 Component Function Check .................................. 186
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187 C
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM ................................ 162
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Description ......... 162 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 194
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure.. 162
ECM .......................................................................... 194 D
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM ......................... 163 ECM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 194
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Description.. 163
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Proce- DC/DC CONVERTER ............................................... 196
E
dure ....................................................................... 163 DC/DC CONVERTER : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 196

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI- B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 198

TION LEARNING .............................................. 164 DTC Logic .............................................................. 198 F
Description ............................................................ 164 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
Work Procedure .................................................... 164 B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 200
DTC Logic .............................................................. 200 G
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200
LEARNING ....................................................... 165
Description ............................................................ 165 B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 202 H
Work Procedure .................................................... 165 DTC Logic .............................................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 166
Description ............................................................ 166 B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 205 I
Work Procedure .................................................... 166 DTC Logic .............................................................. 205
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING ............ 168
J
Description ............................................................ 168 B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 208
Work Procedure .................................................... 168 DTC Logic .............................................................. 208
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE K
CLEAR .............................................................. 170 U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 209
Description ............................................................ 170 DTC Logic .............................................................. 209
Work Procedure .................................................... 170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209 L
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR .. 171 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 211
Description ............................................................ 171 DTC Logic .............................................................. 211
Work Procedure .................................................... 171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211 M

CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CUR- U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 212
RENT CLEAR ................................................... 172 DTC Logic .............................................................. 212 N
Description ............................................................ 172 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 212
Work Procedure .................................................... 172
U1042 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 213
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 173 DTC Logic .............................................................. 213 O
Work Procedure .................................................... 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ................................. 177 U1043 DC/DC CONVERTER .......................... 214
P
Work Procedure .................................................... 177 DTC Logic .............................................................. 214
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 179
Work Procedure .................................................... 179 U1044 ENG COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 216
DTC Logic .............................................................. 216
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216
Description ............................................................ 181
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 182 P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 217

EC-3
 DTC Logic ..............................................................217 P0138 HO2S2 ................................................... 255
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................218 DTC Logic ............................................................. 255
Component Inspection ...........................................219 Component Function Check ................................. 258
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 221 Component Inspection .......................................... 261
DTC Logic ..............................................................221
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................221 P0139 HO2S2 ................................................... 263
Component Inspection ...........................................222 DTC Logic ............................................................. 263
Component Function Check ................................. 265
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ...................... 223 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 266
DTC Logic ..............................................................223 Component Inspection .......................................... 267
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................223
Component Inspection ...........................................224 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION .................................................................. 270
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 225 DTC Logic ............................................................. 270
DTC Logic ..............................................................225
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................225
Component Inspection ...........................................226 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION .................................................................. 274
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 227
DTC Logic ............................................................. 274
DTC Logic ..............................................................227
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................227
Component Inspection ...........................................229 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 278
DTC Logic ............................................................. 278
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 231
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 278
DTC Logic ..............................................................231
Component Inspection .......................................... 279
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................231
Component Inspection ...........................................232 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE ........... 280
DTC Logic ............................................................. 280
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 233
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281
DTC Logic ..............................................................233
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................233 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 286
Component Inspection ...........................................234 DTC Logic ............................................................. 286
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 286
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 235
Component Inspection .......................................... 287
DTC Logic ..............................................................235
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................235 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 288
Component Inspection ...........................................236 DTC Logic ............................................................. 288
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 288
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 237
Component Inspection .......................................... 290
DTC Logic ..............................................................237
Component Function Check ..................................238 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 292
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................239 DTC Logic ............................................................. 292
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 292
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 241
Component Inspection .......................................... 294
DTC Logic ..............................................................241
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................241 P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................... 295
DTC Logic ............................................................. 295
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 243
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296
DTC Logic ..............................................................243
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................243 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 298
DTC Logic ............................................................. 298
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298
DTC Logic ..............................................................245
Component Inspection .......................................... 299
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................246
P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ........................ 301
P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 249
DTC Logic ............................................................. 301
DTC Logic ..............................................................249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 302
Component Function Check ..................................251
Component Inspection .......................................... 303
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................252
Component Inspection ...........................................253 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 305

EC-4
 DTC Logic ............................................................. 305 DTC Logic .............................................................. 334
Component Function Check .................................. 306 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 335
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Logic .............................................................. 335
EC
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 310 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335
DTC Logic ............................................................. 310 Component Inspection ........................................... 337
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 310
Component Inspection .......................................... 311 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- C
SOR ................................................................. 338
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 313 DTC Logic .............................................................. 338
Description ............................................................ 313 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338 D
DTC Logic ............................................................. 313 Component Inspection ........................................... 340
Component Function Check .................................. 314
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 314 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 341
DTC Logic .............................................................. 341 E
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 315 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341
DTC Logic ............................................................. 315 Component Inspection ........................................... 343
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315 F
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 344
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 317 DTC Logic .............................................................. 344
DTC Logic ............................................................. 317 Component Function Check .................................. 344
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 317 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345 G
Component Inspection ........................................... 346
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 318
DTC Logic ............................................................. 318 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318 SENSOR .......................................................... 348
DTC Logic .............................................................. 348
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 319 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 348
DTC Logic ............................................................. 319 Component Inspection (Battery Temperature I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 319 Sensor) .................................................................. 350
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 321 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 351 J
Description ............................................................ 321 DTC Logic .............................................................. 351
DTC Logic ............................................................. 321 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 351
Component Function Check .................................. 322 Component Inspection ........................................... 353
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322 K
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 354
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 324 DTC Logic .............................................................. 354
Description ............................................................ 324 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 324 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 324 Switch) ................................................................... 357
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 325 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 358 M
DTC Logic ............................................................. 325 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 359
Component Function Check .................................. 325 Description ............................................................. 359
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326 DTC Logic .............................................................. 359 N
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 329 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 360
DTC Logic ............................................................. 329 P1575 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 361
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329 O
DTC Logic .............................................................. 361
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 330 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 361
Component Inspection ........................................... 362
DTC Logic ............................................................. 330 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330 P1576 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 364
P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................... 331 DTC Logic .............................................................. 364
DTC Logic ............................................................. 331 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 364
Component Inspection ........................................... 365
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 332

P1512 STARTER MOTOR ............................... 334 P1577 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 367
DTC Logic .............................................................. 367
Description ............................................................ 334

EC-5
 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 393
Component Inspection ...........................................368
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 395
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 .............. 370 DTC Logic ............................................................. 395
DTC Logic ..............................................................370 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 395
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................371 Component Inspection .......................................... 396
Component Inspection ...........................................372
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 397
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY ................. 373 DTC Logic ............................................................. 397
DTC Logic ..............................................................373 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 397
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................374 Component Inspection .......................................... 399

P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM . 375 P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 400
DTC Logic ..............................................................375 DTC Logic ............................................................. 400
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................375 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 400
Component Inspection .......................................... 401
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY
SPEED SENSOR) ............................................ 377 P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 402
Description .............................................................377 DTC Logic ............................................................. 402
DTC Logic ..............................................................377 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 402
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................377 Component Inspection .......................................... 404

P1720 VSS ....................................................... 379 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ..................................... 405

Description .............................................................379 DTC Logic ............................................................. 405
DTC Logic ..............................................................379 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 405
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................379
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 408
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 381 Component Function Check ................................. 408
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 408
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM .................................381
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic ..........381 ASCD MAIN SWITCH ....................................... 409
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Proce- Component Function Check ................................. 409
dure .......................................................................381 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 409
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Component In- Component Inspection .......................................... 410
spection .................................................................382
BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR ...... 411
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM .........................383 Component Function Check ................................. 411
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic ..383 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 411
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Component Inspection .......................................... 413
Procedure ..............................................................383
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Component BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............... 415
Inspection ..............................................................385 Component Function Check ................................. 415
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 415
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 386 Switch) .................................................................. 416
DTC Logic ..............................................................386
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................386 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 417
Component Function Check ................................. 417
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 417
FUNCTION ....................................................... 388 Component Inspection .......................................... 418
DTC Logic ..............................................................388
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................388 COOLING FAN ................................................. 420
Component Inspection ...........................................390 Component Function Check ................................. 420
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 420
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 391 Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor) .......... 422
DTC Logic ..............................................................391 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay). 422
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................391
Component Inspection ...........................................392 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 423
Description ............................................................ 423
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Function Check ................................. 423
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 393 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 423
DTC Logic ..............................................................393
EC-6
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 425 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT
Component Function Check .................................. 425 TURN ON/OFF ................................................ 454 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 425 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 454
Component Inspection .......................................... 426
SPEED LIMITER IS RELEASED BEFORE A
EC
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 427 KICKDOWN OCCURS .................................... 455
Component Function Check .................................. 427 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 455
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 427
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ..................... 431 SPEED LIMITER TEMPORARY RELEASE C
Component Inspection (FPCM) ............................. 432 CANNOT BE PERFORMED BY A KICK-
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Relay) ........... 432 DOWN ............................................................. 456
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 456 D
HOOD SWITCH ................................................ 433
Component Function Check .................................. 433 STOP/START SYSTEM .................................. 457
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 433 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 457
Component Inspection .......................................... 434 E
STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED .... 458
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 435 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 458
Component Function Check .................................. 435 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 435 INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTION-
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power ING .................................................................. 460
Transistor) ............................................................. 438 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 460
Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 438 G
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 461
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) .................. 440 Description ............................................................. 461
Component Function Check .................................. 440 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 440 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 462

INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER).. 441 IDLE SPEED ................................................... 462

Component Function Check .................................. 441 Inspection .............................................................. 462 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 441
IGNITION TIMING ........................................... 463
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ........................... 442 Inspection .............................................................. 463
J
Component Function Check .................................. 442
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 464
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 442
Inspection .............................................................. 464
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 443 K
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 465
Component Function Check .................................. 443
Inspection .............................................................. 465
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 443
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 466 L
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH ..................... 445
Component Function Check .................................. 445 ECM ................................................................. 466
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 445 Exploded View ....................................................... 466
Component Inspection .......................................... 446 M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 466
STOP/START INDICATOR .............................. 447 DC/DC CONVERTER ...................................... 467
Component Function Check .................................. 447 Exploded View ....................................................... 467 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 447 Removal and Installation ....................................... 467
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 448 EVAP CANISTER ............................................ 468
O
Hydraulic Layout .................................................... 468
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 448
Symptom Table ..................................................... 448 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE ................. 469
Removal and Installation ....................................... 469 P
ASCD MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON/
OFF ................................................................... 452 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 452 (SDS) .......................................................... 470
ASCD TEMPORARY RELEASE CANNOT BE SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMED BY THE CLUTCH PEDAL ........ 453 (SDS) ............................................................... 470
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 453
Idle Speed ............................................................. 470

EC-7
 Ignition Timing .......................................................470 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Calculated Load Value ..........................................470 tion ........................................................................ 491
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................470 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ............ 491
HR12DE (TYPE 2)
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 492
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 471 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM :
System Diagram ................................................... 492
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 471 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................471 tem Description ..................................................... 492

PRECAUTION ............................................ 472 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .............................. 495

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM :
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 472 System Diagram ................................................... 495
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- scription ................................................................. 495
SIONER" ................................................................472
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..472 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 496
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
and A/T ..................................................................472 Diagram ................................................................ 497
General Precautions ..............................................473 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Description ............................................................ 497
PREPARATION .......................................... 476
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 498
PREPARATION ............................................... 476 CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 498
Special Service Tools ............................................476
COOLING FAN CONTROL ..................................... 498
Commercial Service Tools .....................................476
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ..... 498
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 477 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description . 498

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 499

COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 477
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Component Parts Location ..................................477
Diagram ................................................................ 499
Component Description .........................................480
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
ECM .......................................................................481
Description ............................................................ 499
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ......................................481
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) .....................482 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 501
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................482 Diagnosis Description ........................................... 501
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (With GST (Generic Scan Tool) ..................................... 501
Intake Air Temperature Sensor) ............................482
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ...........................483 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 502
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................484
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .....................484 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 502
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................485 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Fuel Injector ...........................................................485 Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ...................... 502
Fuel Pump .............................................................485 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ......................................486 Frame Data ........................................................... 502
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ......................................486 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 503
Knock Sensor ........................................................487 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ...... 506
Cooling Fan ...........................................................487 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Test (SRT) Code ................................................... 507
Valve ......................................................................487 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor .................................487 tor (MI) .................................................................. 508
Stop Lamp Switch ..................................................488 On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 509
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 512
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .................... 489
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ..............................489 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 519

SYSTEM ........................................................... 490 ECM .................................................................. 519

Reference Value ................................................... 519
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................490 Fail Safe ............................................................... 527
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram..490 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 529
DTC Index ............................................................ 530

EC-8
 Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 532 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 594
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 594 A
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 539
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 597
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 539 Description ............................................................. 597
Application Notice ................................................. 539 EC
DTC Logic .............................................................. 597
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 597
TYPE A .................................................................... 539
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 540 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 598 C
TYPE B .................................................................... 551 Description ............................................................. 598
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 552 DTC Logic .............................................................. 598
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 598 D
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 564
P0107, P0108 MAP SENSOR ......................... 599
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 564 DTC Logic .............................................................. 599
Work Flow ............................................................. 564 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 599 E
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 567 Component Inspection ........................................... 601

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 603
F
ECM .................................................................. 569 DTC Logic .............................................................. 603
Description ............................................................ 569 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 603
Work Procedure .................................................... 569 Component Inspection ........................................... 604
G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI- P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 605
TION LEARNING .............................................. 570 DTC Logic .............................................................. 605
Description ............................................................ 570 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 605 H
Work Procedure .................................................... 570 Component Inspection ........................................... 606

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 607

LEARNING ....................................................... 571 DTC Logic .............................................................. 607 I
Description ............................................................ 571 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607
Component Inspection ........................................... 608
Work Procedure .................................................... 571
J
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 572 P0132 HO2S1 .................................................. 609
Description ............................................................ 572 DTC Logic .............................................................. 609
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 609
Work Procedure .................................................... 572 K
Component Inspection ........................................... 611
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
P0133 HO2S1 .................................................. 613
CLEAR .............................................................. 574
DTC Logic .............................................................. 613 L
Description ............................................................ 574
Component Function Check .................................. 614
Work Procedure .................................................... 574
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 614
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 575 Component Inspection ........................................... 616
M
Work Procedure .................................................... 575
P0134 HO2S1 .................................................. 618
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 579 DTC Logic .............................................................. 618
Work Procedure .................................................... 579 Component Function Check .................................. 619 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 619
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 581 Component Inspection ........................................... 620
Description ............................................................ 581
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 622 O
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 582
Work Procedure .................................................... 584 DTC Logic .............................................................. 622
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 622
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 586 Component Inspection ........................................... 623 P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 624
VALUE .............................................................. 586 DTC Logic .............................................................. 624
Description ............................................................ 586 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 624
Component Function Check .................................. 586 Component Inspection ........................................... 625
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 587
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 628
DTC Logic .............................................................. 628
EC-9
 Component Function Check ..................................630 Description ............................................................ 671
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................630 DTC Logic ............................................................. 671
Component Inspection ...........................................631 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 671

P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 634 P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 672
DTC Logic ..............................................................634 Description ............................................................ 672
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................634 DTC Logic ............................................................. 672
Component Inspection ...........................................635 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 672

P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- P0605 ECM ....................................................... 674

TION ................................................................. 636 DTC Logic ............................................................. 674
DTC Logic ..............................................................636 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 674
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................637
P1065 ECM ....................................................... 675
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- DTC Logic ............................................................. 675
TION ................................................................. 640 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 675
DTC Logic ..............................................................640
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................641
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 677
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 644 DTC Logic ............................................................. 677
DTC Logic ..............................................................644 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 677
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................644
Component Inspection ...........................................645 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ........................................................ 679
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE .......... 646 DTC Logic ............................................................. 679
DTC Logic ..............................................................646 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 679
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................647 Component Inspection .......................................... 681

P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 652 P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-

DTC Logic ..............................................................652 TOR RELAY ..................................................... 682
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................652 DTC Logic ............................................................. 682
Component Inspection ...........................................653 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 682
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 654 P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 684
DTC Logic ..............................................................654 DTC Logic ............................................................. 684
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................654 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 684
Component Inspection ...........................................656 Component Inspection .......................................... 685
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ...................... 658 P1143 HO2S1 ................................................... 686
DTC Logic ..............................................................658 DTC Logic ............................................................. 686
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................658 Component Function Check ................................. 687
Component Inspection ...........................................660 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 687
Component Inspection .......................................... 688
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 661
DTC Logic ..............................................................661 P1144 HO2S1 ................................................... 690
Component Function Check ..................................662 DTC Logic ............................................................. 690
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................663 Component Function Check ................................. 691
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 691
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME Component Inspection .......................................... 692
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 666
DTC Logic ..............................................................666 P1146 HO2S2 ................................................... 694
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................666 DTC Logic ............................................................. 694
Component Inspection ...........................................667 Component Function Check ................................. 696
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 696
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 669 Component Inspection .......................................... 697
Description .............................................................669
DTC Logic ..............................................................669 P1147 HO2S2 ................................................... 700
Component Function Check ..................................670 DTC Logic ............................................................. 700
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................670 Component Function Check ................................. 702
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 702
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 671 Component Inspection .......................................... 703

EC-10
P1171 INTAKE ERROR ................................... 706 Description ............................................................. 734
DTC Logic ............................................................. 706 Component Function Check .................................. 734 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 706 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 734

P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 708 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CON-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 708 TROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 736 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708 Component Function Check .................................. 736
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 736
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 709 Component Inspection ........................................... 737 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 709
Component Function Check .................................. 709 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 739
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 710 Component Function Check .................................. 739 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 739
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 713 Component Inspection ........................................... 740
DTC Logic ............................................................. 713
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 713 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 741 E
Component Function Check .................................. 741
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 714 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 741
DTC Logic ............................................................. 714 Component Inspection (Fuel pump) ...................... 743 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714
HO2S1 ............................................................. 744
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 715 Component Function Check .................................. 744
DTC Logic ............................................................. 715 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 744 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 715 Component Inspection ........................................... 746
P1706 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 717 HO2S1 HEATER ............................................. 748
Description ............................................................ 717 H
Component Function Check .................................. 748
DTC Logic ............................................................. 717 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 748
Component Function Check .................................. 718 Component Inspection ........................................... 749
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 718 I
HO2S2 ............................................................. 750
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 720 Component Function Check .................................. 750
DTC Logic ............................................................. 720 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 750 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 720 Component Inspection ........................................... 751
Component Inspection .......................................... 721
HO2S2 HEATER ............................................. 754
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 722 Component Function Check .................................. 754 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 722 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 754
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 722 Component Inspection ........................................... 755
Component Inspection .......................................... 723 L
IAT SENSOR ................................................... 756
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 724 Component Function Check .................................. 756
DTC Logic ............................................................. 724 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 756
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 724 Component Inspection ........................................... 757 M
Component Inspection .......................................... 726
IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 758
P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 727 Component Function Check .................................. 758 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 727 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 758
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 727 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Component Inspection .......................................... 728 Transistor) ............................................................. 761
O
Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 761
P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 729
DTC Logic ............................................................. 729 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ......................... 763
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 729 Component Function Check .................................. 763 P
Component Inspection .......................................... 731 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 763
COOLING FAN ................................................. 732 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 764
Component Function Check .................................. 732 Component Function Check .................................. 764
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 732 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 764
Component Inspection .......................................... 733
VSS .................................................................. 766
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 734 Description ............................................................. 766
EC-11
 Component Function Check ..................................766 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 784
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................766 Component Parts Location .................................. 784
Component Description ........................................ 787
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 767 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ....................... 788
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 788
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 767
Cooling Fan ........................................................... 788
Symptom Table .....................................................767
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 789
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............. 771 ECM ...................................................................... 789
Description .............................................................771 Electric Throttle Control Actuator .......................... 789
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 790
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 772 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Valve ..................................................................... 790
IDLE SPEED .................................................... 772 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 790
Inspection ..............................................................772 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 791
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ...................................... 791
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 773 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 791
Inspection ..............................................................773
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...................................... 792
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 774 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 792
Inspection ..............................................................774 Ignition Coil ........................................................... 792
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 793
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 775 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ......... 793
Inspection ..............................................................775 Knock Sensor ........................................................ 793
Malfunction Indicator ............................................. 793
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 776 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 794
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................ 794
ECM ................................................................. 776 Stop Lamp Switch ................................................. 794
Exploded View .......................................................776 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 794
Removal and Installation .......................................776 Throttle Control Motor Relay ................................. 794
EVAP CANISTER ............................................ 777 Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 795
Hydraulic Layout ....................................................777 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 796
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ............................. 796
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 778 SYSTEM ........................................................... 797
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 797
(SDS) ................................................................ 778 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram. 797
Idle Speed .............................................................778 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Ignition Timing .......................................................778 tion ........................................................................ 798
Calculated Load Value ..........................................778 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ............ 798
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ......................778
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 799
HR15DE MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM :
PRECAUTION ............................................ 779 System Diagram ................................................... 799
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 779 tem Description ..................................................... 799
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .............................. 802
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM :
SIONER" ................................................................779
System Diagram ................................................... 802
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..779
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine .....779
scription ................................................................. 802
General Precautions ..............................................780
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 803
PREPARATION .......................................... 783 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
PREPARATION ............................................... 783 Diagram ................................................................ 804
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Special Service Tools ............................................783
Description ............................................................ 804
Commercial Service Tools .....................................783
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 805
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 784 CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 805

EC-12
COOLING FAN CONTROL ..................................... 805 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ..... 805 ECM ................................................................. 877 A
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description.. 805 Description ............................................................. 877
Work Procedure ..................................................... 877
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 806
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System EC
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
Diagram ................................................................. 806 TION LEARNING ............................................ 878
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description ............................................................. 878
Description ............................................................ 806 Work Procedure ..................................................... 878 C
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ....................... 807 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di-
LEARNING ...................................................... 879 D
agram .................................................................... 808
Description ............................................................. 879
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Work Procedure ..................................................... 879
scription ................................................................. 808
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ..................... 880 E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 809
Description ............................................................. 880
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 809
Work Procedure ..................................................... 880
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ...................................... 809
F
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 810
CLEAR ............................................................ 882
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 810 Description ............................................................. 882
G
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Work Procedure ..................................................... 882
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ...................... 810
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 883
Frame Data ........................................................... 810 Work Procedure ..................................................... 883 H
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 811 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK ............................. 887
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ...... 814 Work Procedure ..................................................... 887
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness I
Test (SRT) Code ................................................... 815 HOW TO SET SRT CODE .............................. 889
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- Description ............................................................. 889
tor (MI) ................................................................... 816 SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 890 J
On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 816 Work Procedure ..................................................... 892
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 820
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 894
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 826 K
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
ECM .................................................................. 826 VALUE ............................................................. 894
Reference Value ................................................... 826 Description ............................................................. 894 L
Fail Safe ............................................................... 835 Component Function Check .................................. 894
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 836 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 895
DTC Index ............................................................ 837
Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 839 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 902 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 902
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 846
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 905 N
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 846 Description ............................................................. 905
Application Notice ................................................. 846 DTC Logic .............................................................. 905
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 905
TYPE A .................................................................... 846 O
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 847 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 906
TYPE B .................................................................... 859 Description ............................................................. 906
DTC Logic .............................................................. 906 P
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 860
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 906
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 873
P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 907
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 873 DTC Logic .............................................................. 907
Work Flow ............................................................. 873 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 908
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 876 Component Inspection ........................................... 909

P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 911

EC-13
 DTC Logic ..............................................................911 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 951
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................911
Component Inspection ...........................................913 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION .................................................................. 954
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 916 DTC Logic ............................................................. 954
DTC Logic ..............................................................916 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 955
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................916
Component Inspection ...........................................917 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 958
DTC Logic ............................................................. 958
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 918 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 958
DTC Logic ..............................................................918 Component Inspection .......................................... 959
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................918 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 960
Component Inspection ...........................................919
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 920 FIRE .................................................................. 961
DTC Logic ..............................................................920 DTC Logic ............................................................. 961
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................920 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 962
Component Inspection ...........................................921
Special Repair Requirement ..................................922 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 967
DTC Logic ............................................................. 967
P0132 HO2S1 .................................................. 923 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 967
DTC Logic ..............................................................923 Component Inspection .......................................... 968
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................923
Component Inspection ...........................................924 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 969
DTC Logic ............................................................. 969
P0133 HO2S1 .................................................. 927 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 969
DTC Logic ..............................................................927 Component Inspection .......................................... 971
Component Function Check ..................................928
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................928 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 973
Component Inspection ...........................................930 DTC Logic ............................................................. 973
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 973
P0134 HO2S1 .................................................. 932 Component Inspection .......................................... 975
DTC Logic ..............................................................932
Component Function Check ..................................933 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 976
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................933 DTC Logic ............................................................. 976
Component Inspection ...........................................934 Component Function Check ................................. 977
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 978
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 936
DTC Logic ..............................................................936 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................936 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 981
Component Inspection ...........................................937 DTC Logic ............................................................. 981
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 981
P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 938 Component Inspection .......................................... 982
DTC Logic ..............................................................938
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................938 P0500 VSS ........................................................ 984
Component Inspection ...........................................939 Description ............................................................ 984
DTC Logic ............................................................. 984
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 942 Component Function Check ................................. 985
DTC Logic ..............................................................942 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 985
Component Function Check ..................................944
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................944 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 986
Component Inspection ...........................................945 DTC Logic ............................................................. 986
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 986
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 948
DTC Logic ..............................................................948 P1065 ECM ....................................................... 988
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................948 Description ............................................................ 988
Component Inspection ...........................................949 DTC Logic ............................................................. 988
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 988
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
TION ................................................................. 950 P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 990
DTC Logic ..............................................................950 DTC Logic ............................................................. 990

EC-14
 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 990 P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................1029
Component Inspection .......................................... 991 DTC Logic ............................................................1029 A
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1029
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Special Repair Requirement ................................1029
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 992
DTC Logic ............................................................. 992 P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1031 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 992 DTC Logic ............................................................1031
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 993 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1031
C
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL P1706 PNP SWITCH ......................................1033
FUNCTION ....................................................... 994 Description ...........................................................1033
DTC Logic ............................................................. 994 DTC Logic ............................................................1033 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 994 Component Function Check ................................1034
Component Inspection .......................................... 997 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1034
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 997
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................1036 E
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- DTC Logic ............................................................1036
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 998 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1036
DTC Logic ............................................................. 998 Component Inspection .........................................1037 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 998
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................1038
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1001 DTC Logic ............................................................1038
DTC Logic ...........................................................1001 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1038 G
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1001 Component Inspection .........................................1039
Component Inspection ........................................1002 Special Repair Requirement ................................1040
Special Repair Requirement ...............................1002 H
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................1041
P1143 HO2S1 .................................................1003 DTC Logic ............................................................1041
DTC Logic ...........................................................1003 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1041
Component Inspection .........................................1043 I
Component Function Check ................................1004
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1004 Special Repair Requirement ................................1043
Component Inspection ........................................1005
P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................1045 J
P1144 HO2S1 .................................................1007 DTC Logic ............................................................1045
DTC Logic ...........................................................1007 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1045
Component Function Check ................................1008 Component Inspection .........................................1046
K
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1008 Special Repair Requirement ................................1047
Component Inspection ........................................1009
P2138 APP SENSOR .....................................1048
P1146 HO2S2 .................................................1011 DTC Logic ............................................................1048 L
DTC Logic ...........................................................1011 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1048
Component Function Check ................................1013 Component Inspection .........................................1050
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1013 Special Repair Requirement ................................1051
M
Component Inspection ........................................1014
COOLING FAN ...............................................1052
P1147 HO2S2 .................................................1017 Component Function Check ................................1052
DTC Logic ...........................................................1017 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1052 N
Component Function Check ................................1019 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ........1053
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1019 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay)1053
Component Inspection ........................................1020 O
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................1055
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1023 Description ...........................................................1055
DTC Logic ...........................................................1023 Component Function Check ................................1055
Component Function Check ................................1023 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1055 P
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1024
FUEL INJECTOR ...........................................1057
P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................1027 Component Function Check ................................1057
DTC Logic ...........................................................1027 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1057
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1027 Component Inspection .........................................1058
Special Repair Requirement ...............................1027
FUEL PUMP ...................................................1059

EC-15
 Component Function Check ................................1059 PRECAUTIONS ..............................................1082
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1059 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection .........................................1061 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ..............................................................1082
IGNITION SIGNAL ..........................................1062 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover1082
Component Function Check ................................1062 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ...1082
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1062 General Precautions ............................................1083
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Cleanliness ..........................................................1085
Transistor) ...........................................................1065
Component Inspection (Condenser) ....................1066 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .........................1087
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR .........................1067 COMPONENT PARTS ....................................1087
Component Function Check ................................1067 Component Parts Location ..................................1087
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1067 Component Description .......................................1088
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ......................1089
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1068 Barometric Pessure Sensor .................................1089
Component Function Check ................................1068
Camshaft Position Sensor ...................................1089
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1068
Cooling Fan ..........................................................1089
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..........................1070 Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................1090
ECM .....................................................................1090
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1070 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1090
Symptom Table ...................................................1070 Fuel Injector .........................................................1090
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................1090
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............1074 Fuel Pump ............................................................1090
Description ...........................................................1074 Fuel Temperature Sensor ....................................1090
Glow Relay ...........................................................1091
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .....................1075 Mass Air Flow sensor ...........................................1091
Knock Sensor .......................................................1091
IDLE SPEED ...................................................1075
Malfunction Indicator ............................................1091
Inspection ............................................................1075
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...............................1091
IGNITION TIMING ...........................................1076 Stop Lamp Switch ................................................1092
Inspection ............................................................1076 Turbocharger Boost Sensor .................................1092
Water In Fuel Sensor ...........................................1092
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............1077
Inspection ............................................................1077 SYSTEM .........................................................1093

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION .......1078 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................1093

Inspection ............................................................1078 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram1093
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1079 tion .......................................................................1094

ECM ................................................................1079 FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM ................1094

Exploded View .....................................................1079 FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Removal and Installation .....................................1079 Description ...........................................................1094

EVAP CANISTER ...........................................1080 FUNCTIONS PERFORMED ...................................1096

Hydraulic Layout ..................................................1080 FUNCTIONS PERFORMED : System Description
1096
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
EGR SYSTEM ........................................................1098
(SDS) ........................................................1081 EGR SYSTEM : System Description ...................1098
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS IDLE SPEED CONTROL ........................................1100
(SDS) ...............................................................1081 IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description ...1100
Idle Speed ...........................................................1081
Ignition Timing .....................................................1081 GLOW CONTROL ..................................................1101
Calculated Load Value ........................................1081 GLOW CONTROL : System Description .............1101
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1081
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................1103
K9K COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description 1103
PRECAUTION ..........................................1082 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL ...........................1103

EC-16
 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL : System De- Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1164
scription ...............................................................1104 A
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .1165
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING ................................1104 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1165
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING : System Descrip-
tion ......................................................................1104 PC001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ..........1168 EC
Description ...........................................................1168
CAN COMMUNICATION .......................................1105 DTC Logic ............................................................1168
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ..1105 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1168 C
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..1106 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ..............1169
Diagnosis Description .........................................1106 DTC Logic ............................................................1169
CONSULT-III Function ........................................1107 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1169 D

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ...........1111 P0070 IAT SENSOR ......................................1170

DTC Logic ............................................................1170 E
ECM ................................................................1111 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1170
Reference Value .................................................1111 Component Inspection .........................................1171
Conformity Check ................................................1121
DTC Index ...........................................................1134 P0087 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................1172 F
DTC Logic ............................................................1172
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................1136 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1172
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................1136 G
P0089 FUEL PUMP ........................................1174
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1136 DTC Logic ............................................................1174
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1174
BASIC INSPECTION ................................1147 H
P0100 MAF SENSOR ....................................1175
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .....1147 DTC Logic ............................................................1175
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ...........................1147
Work Flow ...........................................................1148 I
P0110 IAT SENSOR ......................................1176
DTC Logic ............................................................1176
BASIC INSPECTION ......................................1151 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1176
Basic Test Procedure ..........................................1151 J
Component Inspection .........................................1177
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING P0115 ECT SENSOR .....................................1178
ECM ................................................................1158 DTC Logic ............................................................1178
Description ..........................................................1158 K
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1178
Work Procedure ..................................................1158 Component Inspection .........................................1179
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGIS- P0170 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- L
TRATION ........................................................1159 UE ...................................................................1180
Description ..........................................................1159 DTC Logic ............................................................1180
REPLACING FUEL INJECTORS ...................1160 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1180 M
Description ..........................................................1160 P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ......1181
FUEL FILTER .................................................1161 DTC Logic ............................................................1181
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1181 N
Description ..........................................................1161
Component Inspection .........................................1182
Work Procedure (Air Bleeding) ...........................1161
Work Procedure (Water Draining) .......................1161 P0190 FRP SENSOR .....................................1183 O
CHECKING SEALING AFTER REPAIR ........1162 DTC Logic ............................................................1183
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1183
Description ..........................................................1162
Component Inspection .........................................1184
P
TIGHTENING THE HIGH PRESSURE PIPES 1163
Description ..........................................................1163
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ................................1185
DTC Logic ............................................................1185
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................1164 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1185

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC-
INCIDENT .......................................................1164 TOR ................................................................1187
Description ..........................................................1164 DTC Logic ............................................................1187

EC-17
 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1215
Component Inspection .........................................1189 Component Inspection .........................................1216

P0225 APP SENSOR .....................................1190 P0500 VSS ......................................................1217

DTC Logic ............................................................1190 Description ...........................................................1217
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1190 DTC Logic ............................................................1217
Component Inspection .........................................1191 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1217

P0231 FUEL PUMP ........................................1192 P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC Logic ............................................................1192 1218
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1192 DTC Logic ............................................................1218
Component Inspection .........................................1193 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1218
P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR ..........................1194 P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE .........................1220
DTC Logic ............................................................1194 DTC Logic ............................................................1220
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1194 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1220
P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJEC- P0571 BRAKE SWITCH .................................1222
TOR .................................................................1196 DTC Logic ............................................................1222
DTC Logic ............................................................1196 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1222
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1196 Component Inspection .........................................1223

P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) .......................1198 P0604 ECM .....................................................1224

DTC Logic ............................................................1198 DTC Logic ............................................................1224
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1198 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1224

P0335 CKP SENSOR .....................................1200 P0606 ECM .....................................................1225

DTC Logic ............................................................1200 DTC Logic ............................................................1225
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1200 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1225
Component Inspection .........................................1201
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................1227
P0340 CMP SENSOR .....................................1202 DTC Logic ............................................................1227
DTC Logic ............................................................1202 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1227
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1202
Component Inspection .........................................1203 P0651 APP SENSOR .....................................1229
DTC Logic ............................................................1229
P0380 GLOW RELAY .....................................1205 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1229
DTC Logic ............................................................1205 Component Inspection .........................................1230
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1205
P0685 ECM RELAY ........................................1231
P0382 GLOW RELAY .....................................1207 DTC Logic ............................................................1231
DTC Logic ............................................................1207 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1231
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1207
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH .................................1233
P0400 EGR FUNCTION ..................................1209 DTC Logic ............................................................1233
DTC Logic ............................................................1209 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1233
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1209 Component Inspection .........................................1234
Component Inspection .........................................1210
P2120 APP SENSOR .....................................1235
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE .....1211 DTC Logic ............................................................1235
DTC Logic ............................................................1211 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1235
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1211 Component Inspection .........................................1236
Component Inspection .........................................1212
P2226 BARO SENSOR ..................................1237
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE DTC Logic ............................................................1237
CONTROL POSITION SENSOR ....................1213 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1237
DTC Logic ............................................................1213
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1213 P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR ................1238
Component Inspection .........................................1214 DTC Logic ............................................................1238

P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE .....1215 COOLING FAN ...............................................1239

DTC Logic ............................................................1215 Description ...........................................................1239

EC-18
 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1240 CHART 15: ENGINE DIES ON PULLING AWAY 1256
Component Inspection ........................................1241 CHART 16: ENGINE BACKFIRES, ENGINE A
NOISE .................................................................1257
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................1242 CHART 17: CLANKING ENGINE, NOISY EN-
GINE ....................................................................1258 EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1242 CHART 18: SQUALLING NOISE ........................1258
Symptom Table ...................................................1242
CHART 19: VARIOUS MECHANICAL NOISES ..1259
CHART 1: NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE
CHART 20: EXHAUST ODOURS .......................1260
ECM ....................................................................1242 C
CHART 21: DIESEL ODOURS ............................1261
CHART 2: THE ENGINE DOES NOT START ....1243
CHART 22: BLUE, WHITE OR BLACK SMOKE .1261
CHART 3: THE ENGINE STARTS WITH DIFFI-
CHART 23: SMOKE (BLUE, BLACK OR WHITE)
CULTY OR STARTS THEN STALLS ..................1245 D
ON ACCELERATING ..........................................1262
CHART 4: STARTING DIFFICULT WITH WARM
ENGINE ..............................................................1246 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1264
CHART 5: ROUGH IDLE SPEED (PUMPING) ...1247
CHART 6: IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH/TOO LOW .1248 ECM ................................................................1264 E
CHART 7: UNEXPECTED ACCELERATION/DE- Exploded View .....................................................1264
CELERATION AND ENGINE OVERCHARGING 1249 Removal and Installation .....................................1264
CHART 8: RESPONSE MALFUNCTION ............1249 F
CHART 9: ENGINE STOP/STALLING ................1250 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
CHART 10: ENGINE JERKING ..........................1251 (SDS) .........................................................1265
CHART 11: LACK OF POWER ...........................1252 G
CHART 12: TOO MUCH POWER .......................1253 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
CHART 13: EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION ........1254 (SDS) ..............................................................1265
CHART 14: OVERSPEED WHEN LIFTING OFF Idle Speed ...........................................................1265
ACCELERATOR OR CHANGING GEAR ...........1255 H

EC-19
 APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006418752

In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”.

How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000006022900

Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-22, "Model Variation") to confirm the service information in EC section.

Vehicle type
Service information
Engine control Destination Transmission Emission control
General areas [Thai production models (for
CVT, M/T With E-OBD
Thailand)]
General areas [Thai production models
L-jetronic M/T Without E-OBD HR12DE (TYPE 1)
(except for Thailand)]
Hong Kong CVT With E-OBD
Europe, Israel and Palestine CVT, M/T With E-OBD
General areas [Thai production models
A/T Without E-OBD
(except for Thailand)]

D-jetronic India M/T Without E-OBD HR12DE (TYPE 2)

Australia and New Zealand A/T, M/T With E-OBD
General areas (India production models) A/T, M/T Without E-OBD
NOTE:
• L-jetronic is a fuel injection control method that the mass air flow sensor mounted on the air cleaner case
directly measures air volume taken into the engine (cylinder) and determines the fundamental fuel injection
amount.
• D-jetronic is a fuel injection control method to calculate air volume taken into the engine (cylinder) and deter-
mine the fundamental fuel injection amount, based on a throttle angle and an intake air pressure calculated
by the manifold absolute pressure sensor mounted on the intake manifold.

EC-20
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
FOR EUROPE
EC
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890067

C
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and D
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a E
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas- F
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
G
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by H
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag I
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors. J
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and K
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
L
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the M
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the N
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
O
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR
BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890068

P
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:

EC-21
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006496048

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000005989137

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-8, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

EC-22
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
General Precautions INFOID:0000000005989138

A
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. EC
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is C
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable. D
SEF289H

• Do not disassemble ECM. E

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So, F
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related G
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes H
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values I
• When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
J
1. ECM
C. Loosen

L
JMBIA0029ZZ

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or M

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
N
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam- O
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal- P
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-23
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC

SEF709Y

D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location. E
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller. G
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000006418834

H
CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always open the hood and
release the stop/start system. I

EC-25
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000005989139

Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10120000 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter

JSBIA0410ZZ

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000005989140

Tool name Description

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

(PermatexTM
i.e.: when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

EC-26
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005989141

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C

JSBIA0776ZZ
K
1. Battery current sensor (with battery 2. ECM 3. IPDM E/R
temperature sensor*1)*2 Refer to PCS-52, "Component Parts
Refer to CHG-8, "POWER GENERA- Location". L
TION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".
4. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 5. Electric throttle control actuator (with 6. EVAP canister purge volume control M
temperature sensor) built in throttle position sensor and solenoid valve
throttle control motor)
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. Cooling fan motor 9. Cooling fan motor relay*3 N
Refer to HA-14, "Component Parts
Location".

*1: With Stop / Start System only. O

*2: For Thailand.
*3: Except for Thailand.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT P

EC-27
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

JPBIA3223ZZ

1. PCV valve 2. Fuel injector No.1 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
4. Fuel injector No.2 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Knock sensor
7. Engine oil temperature sensor*1 8. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 9. Engine coolant temperature sensor
10. EGR temperature sensor 11. EGR volume control valve*2 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
13. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 14. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 15. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor) tor) tor)
: Vehicle front

*: Not used for engine control system.

*2: Except for Europe.
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

EC-28
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

EC

I
JPBIA3215ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

J
A. To engine assembly

BODY COMPARTMENT
K

EC-29
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

JSBIA1072ZZ

1. Fuel pump (with fuel level sensor unit 2. Information Display 3. ASCD steering switch
and fuel pressure regulator)
Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts Lo-
cation".
4. EVAP canister 5. Fuel pump control module (FPCM)* 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
7. Brake pedal position switch 8. Stop lamp switch 9. Clutch pedal position switch (M/T
models)
A. Left side of engine room B. Under front seat (passenger side) C. Clutch pedal
D. Brake pedal E. Accelerator pedal
: Vehicle front

*: For Thailand with M/T models.

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000005989668

Component Reference
ECM EC-34, "ECM"
Malfunction indicator (MI) EC-35, "Malfunction Indicator (MI)"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-35, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-35, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

EC-30
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Component Reference
A
Mass air flow sensor (with intake airtemperature sensor) EC-35, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
Intake air temperature sensor sor)"

Electric throttle control actuator EC

Throttle control motor relay
EC-36, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Throttle control motor
Throttle position sensor C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-37, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-37, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
D
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-38, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Fuel injector EC-38, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel pump EC-38, "Fuel Pump" E
Fuel pump control module (FPCM)*1 EC-39, "Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM)"
A/F sensor 1
EC-39, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1" F
A/F sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2
EC-40, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater G
EGR volume control valve*2 EC-40, "EGR Volume Control Valve"

EGR temperature sensor*2 EC-40, "EGR Temperature Sensor" H

Knock sensor EC-41, "Knock Sensor"
Cooling fan control module
EC-41, "Cooling Fan" I
Cooling fan motor
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-41, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-42, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve" J
PCV valve EC-46, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
EC-42, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor*3)*4 sor)" K
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-43, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Stop lamp switch EC-43, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Brake pedal position switch EC-44, "Brake Pedal Position Switch"
L

Clutch pedal position switch EC-43, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"

ASCD steering switch EC-43, "ASCD Steering Switch"
M
Information Display EC-43, "Information Display"
*1: For Thailand with M/T models.
*2: Except for Europe. N
*3: With Stop / Start System only.
*4: For Thailand.
STOP/START SYSTEM O
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006418846

P
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

EC-31
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

JPBIA4602ZZ

1. Brake booster pressure sensor 2. Mass air flow sensor 3. Engine coolant temperature sensor
(with intake air temperature sensor) Refer to EC-27, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
4. ABS actuator and electric unit (control 5. IPDM E/R 6. ECM
unit)
7. Battery current sensor 8. Fuel pump relay 9. Battery
(with battery temperature sensor)
10. Hood switch 11. Crankshaft position sensor 12. Electric oil pump
Refer to EC-27, "ENGINE CONTROL Refer to TM-321, "CVT CONTROL
SYSTEM : SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
Component Parts Location". tion".
13. TCM

BODY COMPARTMENT

EC-32
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

EC

I
JPBIA4603ZZ

1. EPS control unit 2. Door switch 3. G sensor

Refer to STC-8, "Component Parts (drive side) Refer to TM-321, "CVT CONTROL J
Location". SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
4. BCM 5. A/C auto amp. 6. Combination meter K
Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL (with auto air conditioner) (Stop/start indicator lamp)
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
7. Engine restart relay 8. DC/DC converter 9. Stop lamp switch L
10. Brake pedal position switch 11. Accelerator pedal position sensor
A. Behind of glove upper box assembly B. Behind of glove upper box assembly (or C. Around pedal
(or instrument finisher B) left side instrument finisher B) M

STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006418847

N
Component Description/Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-35, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
O
Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor) EC-42, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor)"
Brake booster pressure sensor EC-45, "Brake Booster Pressure Sensor"
Brake pedal position switch EC-44, "Brake Pedal Position Switch" P
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-37, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
DC/DC converter EC-44, "DC/DC Converter"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-38, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Engine restart relay EC-44, "Engine Restart Relay"
Hood switch EC-45, "Hood Switch"

EC-33
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Component Description/Reference
EC-35, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
Mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor)
sor)"
Stop/start indicator lamp EC-44, "Stop/Start Indicator"
Stop lamp switch EC-43, "Stop Lamp Switch"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) speed signal (wheel speed) and ABS system operation condition to
ECM (via CAN communication).
Vehicles equipped with the stop/start system use a special battery
Battery designed for the stop/start system. This battery has upgrades in
charge-discharge performance and lifetime.
BCM detects vehicle condition from each switch and transmits sig-
BCM
nals to ECM (via CAN communication).
• Performs the following operations using the signals received from
ECM (via the CAN communication).
- Displays the stop/start system operation status using the stop/
Combination meter
start status signal.
- Illuminates or blinks the stop/start indicator lamp using the stop/
start indicator signal.
Door switch (driver side) Inputs the door switch signal to BCM.
ECM detects vehicle condition from each sensor and each unit, and
ECM
controls the engine stop/restart.
Electric oil pump maintains oil pressure of CVT during the stop/start
Electric oil pump
system operation.
EPS control unit transmits EPS torque signal to ECM (via CAN com-
EPS control unit
munication).
G sensor Inputs the G sensor signal to TCM.
• Controls the integrated relay, and supplies voltage to the load ac-
IPDM E/R cording to the request from ECM (via CAN communication).
• Transmits hood switch signal to ECM (via CAN communication).
• TCM transmits the signal related to CVT control to ECM (via CAN
communication).
TCM
• TCM controls electric oil pump according to the request from ECM
(via CAN communication).

ECM INFOID:0000000005991040

• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

• ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input
and output and for power supply.
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.

PBIA9222J

EC-34
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000005991041

A
The malfunction indicator (MI) is located on the combination meter.
The MI will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check. EC
When the engine is started, the MI should turn off. If the MI remains
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-76, "Diagnosis Description". C

D
SAT652J

Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000005991042

E
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high F
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

H
PBID0206J

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000005991043

I
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the accelerator
pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and
sends a signal to the ECM. J
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. K
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM L
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
M
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000005991044

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It N
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is O
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
P
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temper-
ature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
EC-35
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
<Reference data>

Intake air temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46
(Intake air temperature sensor) and 55 (Sensor ground).

SEF012P

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000005991045

OUTLINE
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.

JSBIA0270GB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

EC-36
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000005991046

A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the transmission
housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the
fluctuation of the engine revolution. EC
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to C
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. D
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIA9209J
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
E

JSBIA0523GB

NOTE: H
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal timing varies with intake valve timing control.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000005991047
I
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of the
signal plate installed to the camshaft (INT) rear end to identify a par-
ticular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the J
piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification K
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause L
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIA9209J
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
M
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

P
JSBIA0523GB

NOTE:
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal timing varies with intake valve timing control.

EC-37
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000005991048

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 38
SEF012P
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 44 (Sensor ground).

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000005991049

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

PBIA9664J

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000005991050

FOR THAILAND WITH M/T MODELS

The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start
ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that
the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the
ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal to the fuel
pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
EXCEPT FOR THAILAND WITH M/T MODELS
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start
ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that
the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the
ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

EC-38
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Condition Fuel pump operation A

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
EC
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
C

JSBIA0498ZZ

D
Fuel Pump Control Module (FPCM) INFOID:0000000005991051

When driving conditions demand a decrease in fuel supply, the fuel

pump control module (FPCM) reduces the supply voltage to the fuel E
pump. When driving conditions demand an increase in fuel supply
(during engine start, low engine coolant temperature or high load),
the supply voltage to the fuel pump is increased. F

JSBIA0297ZZ
H
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000005991052

DESCRIPTION I
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. J
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
K
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich. L
JMBIA0112GB

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this M
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 800°C (1,472°F). N

PBIB3354E P
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.

EC-39
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000005991053

DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000005991054

The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.

PBIA9376J

EGR Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000005991055

The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases,
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.

SEF599K

EC-40
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
<Reference data>
A
EGR temperature Voltage* Resistance
[°C (°F)] (V) (MΩ)
0 (32) 4.59 0.66 - 1.00 EC
50 (122) 2.32 0.068 - 0.089
100 (212) 0.62 0.012 - 0.014
C
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 42 (EGR
temperature sensor) and 51 (Sensor ground).
CAUTION:
D
Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
When EGR system is operating. E
Voltage: 0 - 1.5 V

G
SEF068X

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000005991056

H
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is I
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

K
JSBIA0284ZZ

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000005991058

L
FOR THAILAND
Cooling fan operates when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-59, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation. M

EXCEPT FOR THAILAND

Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
N
Refer to EC-59, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000005991059

O
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit P
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E

EC-41
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000005991060

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

PBIA9215J

Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000005991061

OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R.

JPBIA3262ZZ

CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the
charging/discharging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>

Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between bat- SEF012P

tery temperature sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.

EC-42
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000005991062

A
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. EC

PBIB2657E
E
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000005991063

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp F
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being
driven.
G

JSBIA0308ZZ I
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006879188

When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch pedal position switch turns OFF and the clutch pedal position J
switch signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM judges the clutch pedal conditions via the signal (ON or OFF).

Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch K

Released ON
Depressed OFF
L
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000006879189

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
M
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Information Display INFOID:0000000006879190

N
The operation mode of the ASCD and speed limiter are indicated on the information display in the combination
meter.
ECM transmits the status signal to the combination meter via CAN communication according to ASCD and
speed limiter operation. O

EC-43
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
DC/DC Converter INFOID:0000000006418885

The DC/DC converter is installed at the back of the glove upper box
assembly (or instrument finisher B) and supplies power to the electri-
cal equipment.
This converter is connected to ECM via the engine communication
line and includes an internal voltage converter. When restarting the
vehicle from the idling stop condition, the voltage converter boosts
the voltage conveyed from the battery and provides stable power to
the electrical equipment to prevent reset from occurring.For further
details, refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion".
JPBIA4264ZZ

Stop/Start Indicator INFOID:0000000006418886

The stop/start indicator is located on the combination meter.

The stop/start indicator turns ON when the stop/start system is oper-
ating.
When a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the stop/
start indicator blinks at a slow speed to alert the driver to the mal-
function. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous one dur-
ing stop/start system operation, the stop/start indicator blinks at a
high speed.

JPBIA4266ZZ

Stop/start indicator status

System condition Condition Stop/start indicator Warning chime

Normal Illuminate —
Operate Door (driver side) open High speed blinking Sound
*
Hood open High speed blinking Sound*
Starter motor operation
Slow speed blinking —
counter: too much
Fail-Safe
Malfunction of stop/start
Slow speed blinking —
system
*: Engine is stalled after alert for 1.5 seconds.
Engine Restart Relay INFOID:0000000006418887

The engine restart relay is installed at the left end of glove upper box
assembly (or instrument finisher B) and controlled by ECM when
restarting the engine during the stop/start system operation.

JPBIA4267ZZ

Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006428388

When the brake pedal is depressed, brake pedal position switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned
ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).

EC-44
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006418889

A
Brake booster pressure sensor is connected to brake booster. It
detects brake booster pressure and sends the voltage signal to the
ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the EC
change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
ECM judges force to depress a brake pedal during the stop/start sys-
tem activation according to brake booster pressure sensor signal.
C

D
JPBIA4272ZZ

Hood Switch INFOID:0000000006418890

E
Hood switch is located in the hood lock assembly. Hood switch
detects open/close condition of hood and input the hood switch sig-
nal to IPDM E/R. F

H
JPBIA4271ZZ

EC-45
 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000005989167

PBIB2962E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

EC-46
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006418914
EC

JPBIA4600GB

*1: Battery temperature sensor is not used for engine control system.
*2: For Thailand with M/T models.
*3: Engine oil temperature sensor is not used for engine control system.
*4: With Stop/Start System only.

EC-47
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000005995398

ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000005995478

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-442, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.

DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0403 EGR volume control valve Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

EC-48
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
A
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. EC
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring C
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. D
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
E
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not F
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. G
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
H
STOP/START SYSTEM

Stop/start system operating condition in fail safe mode

I
Stop/start system operating
DTC No. Detected items Idling or driving the vehi-
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
J
B1900 DC/DC converter Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
B1901 system operation tem operation from the
B1904 next time
K
B1902
— —
B1903
P0011 Intake valve timing control Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation — tem operation from the
L
next time
P0075 Restart the engine —
M
P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0038 control circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- N
P0103 system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0112 Intake air temperature circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- O
P0113 system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sen- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P
P0118 sor circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
P0171 Fuel injection system Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0172 system operation tem operation from the
next time

EC-49
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Stop/start system operating condition in fail safe mode
A
Stop/start system operating
DTC No. Detected items Idling or driving the vehi-
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
EC
P1652 Starter motor relay2 control sys- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
—
tem system operation
P2100 Throttle control motor relay Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P2103 system operation — tem operation from the C
next time
P2101 Electric throttle control function Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation tem operation from the D
next time
P2118 Throttle control motor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation — tem operation from the E
next time
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation — tem operation from the
next time
F
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
P2123 system operation
P2127 — G
P2128
P2138
U0298 Engine communication line — — Prohibit the stop/start sys- H
tem operation from the
U1040 Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
next time
U1042 system operation
U1043
I
U1044
U1000 CAN communication line Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
U1001 system operation tem operation from the
next time J

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

K

EC-51
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995400

JSBIA0317GB

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000005995401

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch PNP signal & mixture ratio Fuel injector
control
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

EPS control unit EPS operation signal*3

Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*3

A/C ON signal*3
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*3
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
EC-52
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*3: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the EC
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. C
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. D
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine E
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is change from N to D (CVT models) F
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration G
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
H

PBIB2793E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. K
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air fuel
ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel
L
ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-39, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching M
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
N
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation O
- Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature P
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-

EC-53
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

JSBIA0318GB

Two types of systems are used.

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all three cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The three injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995402

JSBIA0319GB

EC-54
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000005995403

A
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing Ignition coil (with power tran-
D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control sistor)
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch PNP signal
E
Battery Battery voltage*1
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2 F
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 2 - 3
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
H
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in I
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up J
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed K
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. L
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

EC-55
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995404

JSBIA0320GB

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000005995405

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
IPDM E/R
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓
A/C compressor
Air conditioner relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure request signal
↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor

Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2

A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-56
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006820370

EC

JPBIA4713GB

G
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000006820371

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART H

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation I
Brake pedal position switch
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
J
Transmission range switch
(CVT models)
Park/neutral position
Park/neutral position switch Electric throttle control actua-
ASCD vehicle speed control K
(M/T models) tor
Clutch pedal position switch
Clutch pedal operation
(M/T models)
L
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
TCM
(CVT models) Output shafut revolution signal*
M
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed N
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
• Operation status of ASCD is indicated in combination meter. O
• If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates the ASCD control.
Refer to EC-72, "AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function" for ASCD
operating instructions.
CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SPEED LIMITER

EC-57
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SPEED LIMITER : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006820372

JSBIA0109GB

SPEED LIMITER : System Description INFOID:0000000006820373

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Accelerator pedal position
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation • Speed limiter vehicle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
control • Combination meter
Clutch pedal position switch • Speed limiter operation signal* (Information display)
Clutch pedal operation
(M/T models)
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line

BASIC SPEED LIMITER SYSTEM

• Speed limiter is a system that enables to restrict the vehicle speed within the set speed that is selected by
the driver. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate vehicle speed.
• Operation status of speed limiter is indicated on the information display in the combination meter.
• Unlike cancel conditions for ASCD, the speed limiter is not cancelled even when the clutch pedal is
depressed. ECM detects a clutch pedal position switch signal and controls engine revolutions to maintain a
set speed when shifting gears.
• If any malfunction occurs in speed limiter system, it automatically deactivates the speed limiter control.
Refer to EC-73, "SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function" for speed limiter operating instructions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
NOTE:
Since the speed limiter is controlled by the electric throttle control actuator, vehicle speed may exceed a set
speed during downhill driving.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000005995406

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

EC-58
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. A
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995407
EC

G
JSBIA0321GB

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000005995408 H

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

I
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) J
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan ↓
speed request Cooling fan relay K
Battery Battery voltage*1 signal ↓
Cooling fan motor
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
L
A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. M
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (FOR THAILAND)
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres- N
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 2-step control [HIGH/OFF].

EC-59
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Cooling Fan Operation

JSBIA0415GB

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay

Stop (OFF) OFF
Operate (HI) ON

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (EXCEPT FOR THAILAND)

ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation

PBIB2483E

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed Cooling fan motor relay
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON

EC-60
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
EGR SYSTEM
A
EGR SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995409

EC

JSBIA0324GB
J

EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000005995410

K
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator L

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
M
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
N
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
EGR volume O
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch PNP signal EGR volume control valve
control
Battery Battery voltage*1

A/C ON signal*2 P
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*2
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2

High beam status signal*2

IPDM E/R Low beam status signal*2
Rear window defogger control signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
EC-61
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIA9610J

1. EGR volume control valve 2. EGR temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator

This system controls the volume of EGR flowing from the exhaust manifold to the intake manifold. The EGR
volume control valve adjusts EGR volume by opening and closing the EGR passage. The step motor built in
the EGR volume control valve activates the valve, according to a signal transmitted from ECM. ECM deter-
mines a valve angle, according to driving conditions, such as an engine speed, load, combustion state and
precisely controls EGR volume. EGR is deactivated under the following conditions to enhance drivability:
• Engine starting
• Engine at idle
• Low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• High engine speed
• Low intake air temperature
• Low battery voltage
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995411

JSBIA0322GB

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000005995412

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-62
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) purge flow control control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position D
Battery Battery voltage*1
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
E
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F

K
PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. L
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the M
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating. N
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)

EC-63
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995413

JSBIA0366GB

FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : System Description INFOID:0000000005995414

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
FPCM
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel pump control ↓
Fuel pump
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel pump control module (FPCM) controls the discharging volume of the fuel pump by the FPCM control
signals (Low/Mid/High) depending on driving conditions.

Conditions Amount of fuel flow Supplied voltage

For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Low Approximately 8.5 V
• Engine cranking
Battery voltage
• Engine coolant temperature is below 10°C (50°F) High
(11 - 14 V)
• Engine is running under high load and high speed conditions
Except the above Mid Approximately 10 V

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL

EC-64
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000005995415

EC

E
JSBIA0323GB

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000005995416

F

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

G
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position H
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve

Combination meter Vehicle speed signal* I

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION J

O
MBIB1560E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant P
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
STOP/START SYSTEM

EC-65
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006419262

JPBIA4601GB

STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006419263

ECM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Input Signal Item

EC-66
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Transmit unit Signal name Description A

Accelerator pedal position Receives accelerator pedal position
Accelerator pedal position
sensor (angle)
Engine coolant temperature EC
Engine coolant temperature Receives engine coolant temperature
sensor
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature Receives intake air temperature
Crankshaft position sensor C
Engine speed Receives engine speed
(POS)
Battery current sensor
• Battery current Receives battery current and battery
(with battery temperature sen- D
• Battery temperature temperature
sor)
Receives an operational state of the
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch
brake pedal
E
Receives an operational state of the
Brakes pedal position switch Brakes pedal position
brake pedal
Brake booster pressure sen- F
Brake booster pressure Receives brake booster pressure
sor
Vehicle speed signal Receives wheel speeds of four wheels
ABS actuator and electric unit CAN com-
ABS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of ABS G
(control unit) munication
ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS
CAN com- Receives an operational state of A/C
BCM A/C ON signal
munication switch H
Receives engine hood status (open/
Hood switch signal
close)
CAN com- Receives an operational state of rear I
IPDM E/R Rear window defogger ON signal
munication window defogger (ON/OFF)
Receives an operational state of start-
Starter control feedback signal
er motor control relay J
CAN com- Receives an operational state of EPS
EPS control unit EPS torque signal
munication system
Receives signal of TCM judges stop/ K
Stop/start enable signal start system enable according to vehi-
cle condition
CAN com-
TCM CVT fluid temperature signal Receives CVT fluid temperature
munication L
Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position
G sensor signal Receives vehicle tilt
• Receives an operational state of DC/ M
Engine
Engine communication signal (DC/DC con- DC converter
DC/DC converter communi-
verter) • Receives a diagnosis information of
cation
DC/DC converter
N
Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description O

CAN com-
BCM Stop/start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
munication
CAN com- P
EPS control unit Stop/start status signal Transmits a stop/start status signal
munication
Transmits a cranking enable signal to
IPDM E/R Cranking enable signal
activates the starter motor control relay
CAN com- Transmits a stop/start readiness signal
TCM Stop/start readiness signal
munication to activates the electric oil pump

EC-67
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Reception unit Signal name Description
Stop/start readiness signal Transmits a stop/start readiness signal
CAN com-
Combination meter Transmits a signal to display a state of
munication Stop/start indicator signal
the system on the combination meter
Activates the engine restart relay and
Engine restart relay Engine restart relay control signal
operate the starter motor
Engine
Transmits a signal and diagnose an op-
communi- Engine communication signal
erating state of the DC/DC converter
DC/DC converter cation
Transmits a signal to activate the DC/
Voltage stabilizer signal
DC converter (Pressure rising).

System Description
The stop/start system enables the engine to automatically stop/restart with a simple operation and reduces
unnecessary idling during stoplight or traffic congestion to improve fuel economy, reduce exhaust gas, and
minimize noise.
ECM detects a vehicle condition and driver′s operation condition based on signals sent from each unit and the
sensors to comprehensively control the stop/start system.
An operation condition of the stop/start system is indicated by the stop/start indicator mounted in the combina-
tion meter. (Refer to EC-44, "Stop/Start Indicator".) If a malfunction is detected in the stop/start system, the
system control is automatically deactivated and the malfunction is alerted to the driver by blinking the stop/
start indicator. When a driver′s operation is judged as dangerous one during the stop/start system operation,
the stop/start indicator blinks at a high speed and the buzzer mounted in the combination meter sounds simul-
taneously to warn the driver of the dangerous operation.
NOTE:
Starting the engine from stop/start system operation is regarded as “Restart”.

EC-68
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Basic Operation
A

EC

JPBIA4599GB
P
Function Description
When the stop/start readiness conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is moving, the system is ready.
When the stop/start system operation conditions are satisfied while the vehicle is in a stop condition, the
engine is stopped.
During stop/start system operation, stopping time and the amount of fuel saved by the stop/start system are
indicated on the combination meter. (Refer to MWI-17, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description" or

EC-69
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
MWI-32, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description".) In addition, the CVT electric oil pump is activated
to supply oil pressure necessary for starting the engine to the clutch and the pulley.
When the engine restart conditions are satisfied at an engine start, the starter motor relay is controlled to
restart the engine. The DC/DC converter boosts the voltage during cranking to protect the electrical equipment
from low voltage.
The stop/start indicator turns OFF after restarting the engine.
Stop/Start Readiness Condition
ECM judges stop/start system is ready when the following conditions are satisfied.

Item Condition
Stop/start indicator Not blink (Malfunction non-detection)
Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more after start the en-
gine with ignition switch
Passes 2 minutes or more after start the engine with ignition
Driving history switch

Drive the vehicle at 8 km/h (5 MPH) or more after restart*1

Passes 5 seconds or more after restart*2

Hood Close

Vehicle Air conditioner (A/C switch) OFF

Rear window defogger OFF
System is normal
ABS
ABS not activated*3
EPS System is normal
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
Battery voltage
Start the engine with ignition switch: 8 V or more
Battery
Battery temperature 5 °C (41 °F) or more
Charge condition Charged enough
Air fuel ratio initial learning Completion
Engine
Engine coolant temperature 45 - 100 °C (113 -212 °F)
CVT fluid temperature 20 - 110 °C (68 - 230 °F)
Selector lever position D position
CVT
Stop/start enable signal
OK
Refer to TM-353
*1: Shift the selector lever to D position from R position and drive the vehicle, readiness condition is 10km/h (6
MPH) or more.
*2: After restart from P or N position, readiness condition is passes 30 seconds or more.
*3: If ABS system is activated, drive the vehicle at 12 km/h (7.5 MPH) or more after stop the vehicle.
Stop/Start Operation Condition
ECM stops the engine approximately 1 second later and stop/start indicator turn ON when the following condi-
tions are satisfied.

Item Condition
Stop/start readiness condition Ready
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Steering wheel Not steer
Vehicle
Accelerator pedal position Release
Brake pedal position Depress
Vehicle angularity 3% or less

EC-70
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Item Condition
A
Engine Engine speed 1,000 rpm or less
CVT Selector lever position* D, N or P position

*: Even if selector lever is shifted to the P position during the stop/start system operation, the engine continues EC
stopping.
Restart Condition
ECM restarts the engine and stop/start indicator turn OFF when the following any conditions. C

Item Condition
Brake pedal position Release D
Accelerator pedal position Depress
Steering wheel Steer
E
Air conditioner (A/C switch) ON
Rear window defogger ON

Selector lever position* Shift the R position F

*: When the select lever is shifted to N or P range after restarting the engine, the stop/start system is activated
approximately 2 seconds later.
G
Cancel Operation
• The stop/start system is cancelled and deactivated when any of the following conditions is satisfied:
- The air conditioner is operating (A/C switch ON).
- Rear window defogger is operating. H
- Hood is open.
- The engine is started with the ignition switch with the hood open.
CAUTION: I
The stop/start system may be cancelled when the battery is weak or if a battery other than the stop/
start system specific battery is used.
• The stop/start system is cancelled and the stop/start indicator blinks to alert the driver when ECM judges any
of the following conditions: J
- Hood is opened during the stop/start system operation.*1
- The number of starter motor operations exceeds the specified times.*2
K
- A malfunction is detected in the stop/start system.*2 (Refer to EC-108, "Fail Safe".)
*1: Since the engine is stopped after warning for approximately 1.5 seconds by blinking the stop/start indicator
and sounding the buzzer, the engine must be restarted with the ignition switch.
*2: The stop/start indicator blinks slowly. L

Stop/Start System Function By Selector Lever Position

×: Stop/start system is activate
M
Accelerator pedal posi- Selector lever position
Vehicle speed Brake pedal position
tion D N R P
ON/OFF ON N
0 Km/h ON OFF × × ×
OFF OFF
O
Voltage Stabilizer Function
ECM transmits a voltage stabilizer signal to the DC/DC converter during cranking at an engine restart. The
DC/DC converter temporarily increases the voltage to prevent the electric equipment from reset due to low
P
voltage. The adoption of the DC/DC converter enables a stable power supply to the electric equipment con-
nected to the DC/DC converter and permits a substantial lowering of the voltage. For the electrical equipment
connected to the DC/DC converter, refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Diagram".
NOTE:
The brightness of the head lamps may be changed due to the voltage reduction at an engine restart because
they are not connected to the DC/DC converter.

EC-71
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
OPERATION
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006820368

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

NOTE:
Shared with speed limiter switch.

JSBIA1037ZZ

1. CRUISE indicator lamp 2. Set speed indicator 3. CRUISE indicator

4. • SET indicator lamp 5. CANCEL switch 6. Speed limiter MAIN switch
(With segment information display)
• SET indicator
(With dot matrix information display)
7. ASCD MAIN switch 8. SET / - switch 9. RES / + switch
(SET/COAST) (RESUME/ACCELERATE)
A. On the combination meter
B. On the steering wheel

SET SPEED RANGE

ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.

Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

40 km/h (25 MPH) 150 km/h (93 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
RES / + switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
SET / − switch • Sets desired cruise speed.
(SET/COAST) • Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.

CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, the cruise operation is canceled.
- CANCEL switch is pressed
- Speed limiter MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
- ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
- More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed is cleared)
- Brake pedal is depressed
- Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R (CVT models)
- Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
- Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
- TCS system is operated

EC-72
 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM cancels the cruise operation and informs
the driver by blinking CRUISE indicator lamp. A
- Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature. Then CRUISE indica-
tor lamp is blinked slowly.
NOTE:
EC
Engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator lamp stop
blinking and the cruise operation is able to work.
- Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD system. SET indicator lamp is blinked quickly.
• When ASCD MAIN switch is turned to OFF during the cruise control driving, all of ASCD operations is can- C
celed and vehicle speed memory is erased.
SPEED LIMITER
D
SPEED LIMITER : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006820369

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS E

NOTE:
Shared with ASCD switch.

JSBIA1038ZZ

I
1. Speed limiter indicator lamp 2. Set speed indicator 3. Speed limiter indicator
4. • SET indicator lamp 5. CANCEL switch 6. Speed limiter MAIN switch
(With segment information display) J
• SET indicator
(With dot matrix information display)
7. ASCD MAIN switch 8. SET / − switch 9. RES / + switch
(SET/COAST) (RESUME/ACCELERATE) K
A. On the combination meter
B. On the steering wheel
L
SET SPEED RANGE
Speed limiter system can be set the following vehicle speed.
M
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
30 km/h (20 MPH) 170 km/h (105 MPH)

SWITCH OPERATION N

Item Function
O
CANCEL switch Cancels the speed limiter control.
RES / + switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases the set speed incrementally.
P
SET / − switch • Sets desired speed.
(SET/COAST) • Decreases the set speed incrementally.
Speed limiter MAIN switch Master switch to activate the speed limiter system.

CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, speed limiter operation is canceled.
- Speed limiter MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
- ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
EC-73
 HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Precaution for Stop/Start System INFOID:0000000006418915

CAUTION: EC
• The stop/start system is not activated when any of the following conditions is satisfied:
- The stop/start indicator is blinking at a low speed.
- A malfunction is detected in the ABS system.
- The ABS system is running. C
- A malfunction is detected in the ESP system.
- The air-fuel ratio initial learning is incomplete.
- Engine warm-up operation is incomplete. D
- Battery temperature is less than 5 °C (41 °F).
- The air conditioner is running.
- The rear window defogger is running.
- The hood is open. E
- The vehicle is not driven after starting the engine with the ignition switch.
- The accelerator pedal is being depressed.
- The steering wheel is being operated. F
- The vehicle is stopped at a steep hill (Vehicle angularity: 3 % or more).
- After restarting the engine, the vehicle is repeatedly stopped and started at a low speed due to traffic
congestion.
- When driving the vehicle repeatedly back and forth at a low speed due to parallel parking. G
- The selector lever is in “R” range.
- CVT fluid temperature is low.
- The stop/start enable conditions of TCM are not satisfied. (Refer to TM-353, "STOP/START SYSTEM : H
System Description".)
• Under any of the following conditions, the stop/start system is not activated or it takes time to be
activated, depending on situation.
I
- The battery is deteriorated. (High discharge rate.)
- A battery other than the stop/start system-specific battery is used.
- Ambient temperature is extremely low.
• If the battery negative terminal is disconnected and the engine cold condition is not detected at an J
engine start, the stop/start system may not be activated unless the vehicle is driven for approxi-
mately three hours in total.
NOTE: K
Engine Cold Condition
When all of the following conditions are satisfied, ECM judges that the engine is cold.
• Engine coolant temperature is less than 35°C (95°F).
• Intake air temperature is less than 35°C (95°F). L
• The temperature difference between engine coolant and intake air is less than 6°C (43°F).

EC-75
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006419766

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
(MI) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diagnostic tool
(GST: Generic Scan Tool).
NOTE:
OBD is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000006419767

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-76, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

EC-76
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000006419768 EC

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI, D
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MI DTC 1st trip DTC E

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected G
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
H
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-113, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000006419769

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC J

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. K
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
L
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, the
DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive
trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips,
only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the 1st trip, M
the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-113, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored N
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame O
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-157, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair. P
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

EC-77
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000006419770

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MI (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC-78
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

EC

L
JMBIA1060GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-81, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

EC-79
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-81, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Qual-
ity Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

JMBIA1061GB

EC-80
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E

Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-81, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
F
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-81, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006419771
G

DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions. H
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (68°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. I
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
J
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
K
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. L
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. N
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. O
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B. P

DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

EC-81
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000006419772

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.

Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

E C -8 2
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Example
Self-diagnosis result A
Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
EC
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG) C
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
D
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
E
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate F
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above G
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons: H
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis I
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
J
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000006419850
K
• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator signal
to ECM via CAN communication line. L
ECM prioritizes (MI: ON/blink) the signal received from the exhaust
emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC that
affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp sig- M
nal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MI, according to the
signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunction
detection. N
• Control modules that a DTC of MI ON/Blink is stored (Control mod-
SAT652J
ule varies among DTCs.):
- ECM O
- TCM
1. The MI illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MI circuit if MI does not illuminate. Refer to EC-442, "Component Function Check". P
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
NOTE:
If MI remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.

EC-83
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006419775

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MI can be checked.

SRT status*1 ECM can read if SRT codes are set.

Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MI to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-164, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-165, "Description".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-166, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-170, "Description".
clear

Air fuel ratio initial learning*2 ECM can learn the air fuel ratio initial. Refer to EC-168, "Description".

Starter Operation Counter*2 Starter Operation Counter can be erased. Refer to EC-171, "Description".
Clear
*1: SRT status is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
*2: With Stop / Start System
BULB CHECK MODE
Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MI bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MI on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-82, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MI if all SRT codes are set.

EC-84
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
• ECM blinks MI for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
A

EC

JMBIA1515GB F
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description G
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MI when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system compo-
nents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
H
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MI illuminates. I
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects the same malfunction twice in J
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MI when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire). K

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE

Description L
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MI is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode M
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- N
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
O
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
P
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This blinking is
displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.

EC-85
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.

PBIB0092E

How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs
or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using
the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

EC-86
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-113, "DTC Index". A
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well. EC
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data C
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE: D
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. F
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. G
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000005989198 H

FUNCTION
I
Diagnostic test mode Function
Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data J
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts K
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
L
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
M
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data N
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values O
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
P
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-113, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.

EC-87
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data

Description
item*
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-
DTC RESULTS
113, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDI-
These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
TION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item

Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed from the sig- speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm nal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and • If the signal is interrupted while the
camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
played. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.

EC-88
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low, and ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF determined by the ECM according to the input
signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp deter-
SET LAMP ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
• A certain constant value is displayed
while mode other than speed limiter
control being activated.
• When the speed limiter is released by
• The preset speed limiter vehicle speed is dis-
SL TRG VHCL SPD km/h or mph other method than the main switch,
plays.
the vehicle speed indicated during the
standby mode is the one that is previ-
ously set before releasing the speed
limiter.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter
SL SET LAMP ON/OFF SET indicator determined by the ECM according
to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter
SL LIMIT LAMP ON/OFF LIMIT indicator determined by the ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of kickdown deter-
KICKDOWN POS ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition ASCD/ICC clutch • Models other than M/T models always
CLUTCH P/P SW ON/OFF
switch signals. display OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from speed limiter
SL MAIN SW ON/OFF
MAIN switch signals.
*: Although the state is indicated as “LOW” the cooling fan operates at high speeds. (For Thailand)
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item

Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)

• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sensor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-III.

EC-92
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)
A
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V
volume control solenoid valve to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve EC
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
C
Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound. D
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
CHECK ITEM. E
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: idle. • Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR
DUTY
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R F
SULT-III. • Alternator
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” G
and “OFF” CONSULT-III. • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* NOTE: Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
The cooling fan operates at high • Cooling fan motor
speeds even when “LOW” is se- H
lected. (For Thailand)
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control sole- I
• Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) J
EGR VOL EGR volume control valve makes • Harness and connectors
• Change the EGR volume control
CONT/V an operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
valve opening step using CON-
SULT-III.
K
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
• Harness and connectors
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector L
POWER BALANCE • Selector lever: P or N posi- Engine runs rough or dies.
• Power transistor
tion(CVT), Neutral position (M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
• Ignition coil
one at a time using CONSULT-III.
M
• Harness and connectors
• Engine: After warming up, run en- • IPDM E/R
gine at idle • Starter motor
Check the stop/start system oper-
• Selector lever: N or P • Engine restart relay N
ate and restart.
• “Start” and “Cancel” using CON- • Starter control relay
AUTO STOP START SULT-III. • DC/DC converter
• Battery
O
CAUTION:
• Be careful so that a hood operates in the opened state when carry out work.
• Shift the select lever position to “P” position, because operate regardless of the brake pedal position.
P
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item

EC-93
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Work item Condition Usage

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified When learning the idle air volume
range is memorized in ECM.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
the original coefficient. learning value
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve
closed position
AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL Air fuel ratio learning frequency is low while idling, learning
When learning the air fuel ratio
LEARNING the air fuel ratio of the idling domain in ECM.
STRT OPRTN CNTR CLEAR In this mode, starter operation count is cleared. When starter motor is replaced.
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared. When battery is replaced.
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC
In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU
When ECM is replaced.
CPU REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
NOTE:
DTC & SRT confirmation mode is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page

EGR SYSTEM P0400 P0400 EC-295, "DTC Logic"
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM P1402 P1402 EC-331, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-255, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-249, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-263, "DTC Logic"
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-245, "DTC Logic"
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-237, "DTC Logic"

EC-94
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000005995470
EC

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks: C
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
• Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the D
specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIMING
monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) and other ignition timing related sensors. E

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as F
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
H
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - I
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions J
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load K
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V L

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V
M
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V N
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever position: D (CVT) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
O
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*1 • Selector lever position: D (CVT) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T) P
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off

EC-95
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
Clutch pedal: Fully released OFF
CLUTCH P/P SW • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal: Fully depressed ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed ON EC
SL MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Released OFF
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. C
*2: Although the state is indicated as “LOW”, the cooling fan operates at high speeds. (For Thailand)
*3: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-265, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery" D
TERMINAL LAYOUT

G
PBIA9221J

PHYSICAL VALUES
H
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with I
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
J
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact. K
• Specification data are reference values and are measured
between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. L
JMBIA0029ZZ

Terminal No. Description M

Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

2V N

[Ignition switch: ON]

1 107 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped O
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

JMBIA0213GB
P
2 107 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L/W) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)

EC-99
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000005995471

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-442, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.

DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0403 EGR volume control valve Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-108
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
A
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:) EC
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:) C
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) D
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not
exceed 1,000 rpm or more. E
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
F
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

STOP/START SYSTEM G

Stop/start system operating condition in fail safe mode

Stop/start system operating H
DTC No. Detected items Idling or driving the vehi-
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
B1900 DC/DC converter Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- I
B1901 system operation tem operation from the
B1904 next time
B1902
— — J
B1903
P0011 Intake valve timing control Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation — tem operation from the
next time K
P0075 Restart the engine —
P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0038 control circuit system operation tem operation from the
L
next time
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0103 system operation tem operation from the M
next time
P0112 Intake air temperature circuit Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0113 system operation tem operation from the N
next time
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sen- Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0118 sor circuit system operation tem operation from the
next time
O

P0171 Fuel injection system Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0172 system operation tem operation from the
next time P
P0122 Throttle position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
P0123 system operation tem operation from the
P0222 next time
P0223
P2135

EC-109
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Stop/start system operating condition in fail safe mode
A
Stop/start system operating
DTC No. Detected items Idling or driving the vehi-
cle During cranking
Stop
(Restart)
EC
P2101 Electric throttle control function Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys-
system operation tem operation from the
next time
P2118 Throttle control motor Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys- C
system operation — tem operation from the
next time
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator Prohibit the stop/start Prohibit the stop/start sys- D
system operation — tem operation from the
next time
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine E
P2123 system operation
P2127 —
P2128
P2138 F
U0298 Engine communication line — — Prohibit the stop/start sys-
tem operation from the
U1040 Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine
next time G
U1042 system operation
U1043
U1044
U1000 CAN communication line Prohibit the stop/start Restart the engine Prohibit the stop/start sys- H
U1001 system operation tem operation from the
next time

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000005995472

I

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. J

EC-111
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Priority DTC Detected items
A
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0303 Misfire EC
P0400, P1402 EGR system
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P1212 TCS communication line C
3
P1512 Starter motor
P1564 ASCD steering switch
D
P1572 Brake pedal position switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Input speed sensor E
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator

DTC Index INFOID:0000000005995473 F

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

*1
DTC G
Items SRT Stop/start Reference
CONSULT- Trip MI
ECM*3
(CONSULT-III screen terms) code*4 indicator*5 page
III*2
H
B1900*5 1900 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-198

B1901*5 1901 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-200

B1902*5 1902 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-202 I

B1903*5 1903 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-205

B1904*5 1904 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-208 J

U0298*5 0298 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-209

U1000 1000*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × × EC-209

K
U1001 1001*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-211

U1040*5 1040*6 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-212

L
U1042*5 1042*6 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-213

U1043*5 1043*6 DC/DC CONVERTER — 2 — × EC-214

U1044*5 1044*6 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — × EC-216 M

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED. N
× (For EU-
ROPE)
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × EC-217
— (Except
O
EUROPE)
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × — EC-221
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × — EC-221 P
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × × EC-223
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × × EC-223
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × × EC-225
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × × EC-227
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × × EC-227

EC-113
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
*5: With Stop/Start System. (Stop/start indicator blinks slowly.)
*6: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000006466715

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

EC-116
 DC/DC CONVERTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
DC/DC CONVERTER
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006418918

TERMINAL LAYOUT EC

JPBIA4274ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• DC/DC converter is located behind the glove upper box assembly. For this inspection, remove passenger F
side instrument lower panel.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. G

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition H
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1 2
(R) (B)
Power supply input 2 Input [Ignition switch: OFF] 9 - 13 V I
2
— Ground — — —
(B)
J
3 2
Power supply input 1 Input [Ignition switch: OFF] 9 - 13 V
(R) (B)
[Stop/start system operate]
4 2 12 V K
Power supply output 2 Output • While cranking of restart
(Y) (B)
Except above 9 - 13 V
[Stop/start system operate]
6 2 12 V L
Power supply output 1 Output • While cranking of restart
(L) (B)
Except above 9 - 13 V

7 2 [Ignition switch: ON] 9 - 13 V M

Ignition signal Input
(V) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V

EC-123
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006882489
EC
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-22, "Model Variation") to confirm the service information in EC section.

Wiring diagram type Destination Transmission C

General areas [Thai production models (for Thailand)] CVT, M/T
TYPE A
General areas [Thai production models (except for Thailand)] M/T
D
Hong Kong CVT
TYPE B
Europe, Israel and Palestine CVT, M/T
E
TYPE A

EC-125
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006882490

JCBWM2128GB

EC-126
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

EC

JCBWM2143GB

TYPE B P

EC-141
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006882491

JCBWM2468GB

EC-142
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000005989208
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JMBIA0078GB

DETAILED FLOW

EC-157
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unneces-
sary DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-87, "CONSULT-III Func-
tion".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in
EC-181, "Description". (SRT is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.)
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnec-
essary DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-84, "On Board Diag-
nosis Function".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING
PATTERN” in EC-181, "Description". (SRT is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.)
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000005989209

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L

EC-160
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A

EC

L
MTBL0017

EC-161
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Description INFOID:0000000006419269

BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing ECM, save current ECM data with “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode using CONSULT-III before replacement.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
When replacing ECM, must perform following.
• Write data after replace CPU
• Initialization of NATS system and registration of all nats ignition key IDs
• Accelerator pedal released position learning
• Throttle valve closed position learning
• Idle air volume learning
• Air fuel ratio initial learning
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419270

1.SAVE ECM DATA

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT-III.

>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-466, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITE ECM DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-
III.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLC” is written to ECM.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-72, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-230, "ECM : Work Procedure"
(Without intelligent key system).

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Perform “Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning”. Refer to EC-164, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.

EC-162
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

6.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING A

Perform “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-165, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 7. EC
7.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”. Refer to EC-166, "Work Procedure".
C

>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING D
Perform “Air Fuel Ratio Initial Learning”. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".

E
>> END
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Description INFOID:0000000006419272
F

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed.

G
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419273

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS H
Refer to SEC-72, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-230, "ECM : Work Procedure"
(Without intelligent key system).
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-164, "Work Procedure". J

>> GO TO 3.
K
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-165, "Work Procedure".
L
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M
Refer to EC-166, "Work Procedure".

>> END N

EC-163
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000005989212

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005989213

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

EC-164
 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000005989214

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005989215

1.START D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

I
>> END

EC-165
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006419316

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419317

1.PRECONDITIONING
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION”
system indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-164, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-165, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-164, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-165, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-166
 AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006419318

Air fuel ratio initial learning of ECM to learn the air fuel ratio that keeps each engine idle speed within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• When ECM is replaced*
• When electric throttle control actuator is replaced*
• When mass air flow sensor is replaced
• When fuel injector is replaced
• When A/F sensor is replaced
CAUTION:
*: Must be performed “IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING” when electric throttle control actuator or ECM is
replaced. Refer to EC-166, "Work Procedure".
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419319

1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery temperature: More than 5°C (41°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: More than 70°C (158°F)
• Shift lever: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-164, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer toEC-165, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT-III.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
“CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.AIR FUEL RATIO INITIAL LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-164, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer toEC-165, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.

EC-168
 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000005989218

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005989219

1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Check DTC. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Erase the DTC P0102.

>> END

EC-170
 STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
STARTER OPERATION COUNTER CLEAR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006419320

Starter Operation Counter Clear is a function of ECM to erase the starter motor operation counter. it must be EC
performed when starter motor is replaced.
CAUTION:
Performed this function when starter motor is replaced.
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419321

1.ERASE STARTER OPERATION COUNTER D

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “STRT OPRTN CNTR CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. E
3. Touch “CLEAR” and erase starter operation counter.
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
F
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
3. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal. H
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
4. Wait 7 seconds, repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal. I
5. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds.
6. Fully release the accelerator pedal and turn the ignition switch OFF.
J

JPBIA4604GB

M
>> INSPECTION END

EC-171
 CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000006419322

Cumulative Battery Discharge Current Clear is a function of ECM to erase the cumulative battery discharge
current. It must be performed when battery is replaced.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419323

1.ERASE CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and erase cumulative battery discharge current.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-172
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005989220

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III, GST or
ECM [Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)]. K
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P

EC-173
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006881547

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE-I EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal and check if there is a specific point (A) in the pedal stroke where the pedal
force increase as shown in the figure. C

JMBIA1519GB

Is the inspection result nomal? H

YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III:GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III:GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". I
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE-II
With CONSULT-III
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “KICKDOWN POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “KICKDOWN POS” indication under the following condition.
K
Monitor item Condition Indication
Depressing range of the accelerator pedal:
OFF L
Within (B) as indicated in the figure
KICKDOWN POS
Depressing range of the accelerator pedal:
ON
Within (C) as indicated in the figure
M
Is the inspection result nomal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
N
3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE-III
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM P
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
110
111 More than 4.35 V
(APP sensor 1) Depressing range of the accelerator pedal:
E110
103 Within (C) as indicated in the figure
104 More than 2.17 V
(APP sensor 2)

EC-177
 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005995488

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST: KV10120000] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
M
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp N

CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-46, "FOR THAILAND PRODUCTION MODELS :
Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

EC-179
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006419423

OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT Item C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item*1 Performance Corresponding D

*2 Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133
E

Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137

Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
Intake value timing control function P0011
3
EGR/VVT SYSTEM EGR function P0400 G
1 EGR function P1402
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. H
*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE I

EC-181
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

JSBIA0399GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006419424

CAUTION:

EC-182
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions,
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006419425

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-113, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT STATUS MODE” with EC-84, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-181, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-113, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-181, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-182, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-95, "Reference Value".

EC-184
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000005989223

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989224

1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-173, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END
NO >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-186
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989225

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
PBIB2318E

EC-187
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

PBIB3213E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-186, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.

EC-188
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
ECM
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989226

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

#49 20 A
IPDM E/R
#51 10 A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F7
11 Ground Existed
E18 107
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E18 93 107 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.

EC-194
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

ECM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E18 81 107 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

+ − Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 81 F115 71 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-91, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-91, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
DC/DC CONVERTER
DC/DC CONVERTER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419324

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

Fuse block (J/B) #3 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Check ground connection M35. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC converter harness connector and ground.

EC-196
 B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
B1900 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419325

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC converter detects power supply
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER input 1 is 5.0 V or less and difference
(DC/DC converter power supply input 1 cir-
B1900 (DC/DC converter power sup- between power supply input 1 and pow-
cuit is open or shorted.)
ply input 1 circuit) er supply input 2 is 4.0 V or more for 3
• DC/DC converter
seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419326

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

Fuse and fusible link block K 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-198
 B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
B1901 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419327

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC converter detects power supply
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER input 2 is 5.0 V or less and difference
(DC/DC converter power supply input 2 cir-
B1901 (DC/DC converter power sup- between power supply input 2 and
cuit is open or shorted.)
ply input 2 circuit) power supply input 1 is 4.0 V or more
• DC/DC converter
for 3 seconds.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419328

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

Fuse and fusible link block L 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-200
 B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
B1902 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419329

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter detects power supply
(DC/DC converter power supply output 1
B1902 (DC/DC converter power sup- output 1 is 5.0 V or less when restart
circuit is open or shorted.)
ply output 1 circuit) the engine.
• DC/DC converter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
When the stop/start system is activated while driving the vehicle, loads are imposed on CVT, resulting
in damage to CVT. Perform active test with CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419330

1.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 1 (BATTERY)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between fuse and ground.

+
– Voltage
Fuse No.
17
Ground Battery voltage
77
Refer to PG-15, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the following circuits.
• TCM (Refer to TM-509, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Electric oil pump relay. (Refer to TM-503, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

EC-202
 B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
B1903 DC/DC CONVERTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419331

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter detects power supply
(DC/DC converter power supply output 2
B1903 (DC/DC converter power sup- output 2 is 5.0 V or less when restart
circuit is open or shorted.)
ply output 2 circuit) the engine. D
• DC/DC converter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
F

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. H
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (Stop the engine.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
2. Restart the engine.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419332

1.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT 2 (BATTERY) M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between fuse and ground.
N
+
− Voltage
Fuse No.
82 Ground Battery voltage O
Refer to PG-15, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Check the audio unit power supply circuit. Refer to AV-54, "AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

EC-205
 B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
B1904 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419333

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B1904 is displayed with DTC B1900 or B1901, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B1900 or B1901.
Refer to EC-198, "DTC Logic" or EC-200, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DC/DC CONVERTER DC/DC converter function is malfunc-
B1904 DC/DC converter
(DC/DC converter abnormality) tioning.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
When the stop/start system is activated while driving the vehicle, loads are imposed on CVT, resulting
in damage to CVT. Perform active test with CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419334

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-208, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC B1904 displayed again?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-467, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-208
 U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
U0298 DC/DC CONVERTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419335

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
During the restart, the DC/DC converter
• Harness and connectors
status of the engine communication line
DC/DC CONVERTER (Voltage stabilizer signal is open or circuit
does not show an increase in voltage af-
U0298 (Voltage stabilizer signal ab- shorted.) D
ter an ECM transmitted voltage stabilizer
normality) • DC/DC converter
signal is changed from 1.0 V or less to
• ECM
3.4 V or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be F
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III H
CAUTION:
When the stop/start system is activated while driving the vehicle, loads are imposed on CVT, resulting
in damage to CVT. Perform active test with CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine. J
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419336
L
1.CHECK VOLTAGE STABILIZER SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III M
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine, and then check the voltage between DC/DC converter harness N
connector and ground as per the following conditions.

+ O
Voltage
DC/DC converter – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P
The voltage should
While cranking with restart
M15 8 Ground be above 1.0V
Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-209
 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989228

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 communication signal of OBD (emission related di-
agnosis) for 2 seconds or more. Harness or connectors
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN shorted)
D
U1001 communication signal other than OBD (emission
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. F
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989229
H
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
I

EC-211
 U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006427878

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
ENG COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting engine
(Engine communication line is open or
U1040 [Engine communication circuit communication signal to DC/DC con-
shorted.)
(DC/DC converter)] verter.
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006427879

1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and DC/DC converter harness connector.

+ −
ECM DC/DC converter Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F16 70 M15 10 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-466, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-212
 U1042 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
U1042 DC/DC CONVERTER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006427880

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC U1042 is displayed with DTC U1040 or U1044, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1040 or U1044.
Refer to EC-212, "DTC Logic" or EC-216, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER When ECM is not receiving engine com-
(Engine communication line is open or
U1042 (Engine communication cir- munication signal from DC/DC convert-
shorted.)
cuit) er.
• DC/DC converter E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006427881
J

1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE

K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and DC/DC converter harness connector. L

+ −
M
ECM DC/DC converter Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F16 70 M15 10 Existed N
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-467, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-213
 U1043 DC/DC CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
U1043 DC/DC CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006427882

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
DC/DC CONVERTER When ECM detected engine communi- (Engine communication line is open or
U1043 (Engine communication cir- cation signal is abnormality from DC/DC shorted.)
cuit) converter. • Electric noise
• DC/DC converter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006532390

1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and DC/DC converter harness connector.

+ −
ECM DC/DC converter Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F16 70 M15 10 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-214
 U1044 ENG COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
U1044 ENG COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006427884

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness and connectors
ENG COMM CIRCUIT When ECM detects transmit or receive
(Engine communication line is open or
U1044 [Engine communication circuit engine communication signal is high or
shorted.)
(DC/DC converter)] low voltage for 4 seconds or more.
• DC/DC converter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006532391

1.CHECK ENGINE COMMUNICATION LINE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and DC/DC converter harness connector.

+ −
ECM DC/DC converter Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F16 70 M15 10 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC converter. Refer to EC-467, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-216
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989233

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. Refer to EC-
225, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause

• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up por-
P0011 E
performance and phase-control angle degree. tion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake
valve timing control
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at H
idle.

>> GO TO 2. I

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

With CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady K
as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE Approx. 100 km/h (Approx. 63 mph) L

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
D position (CVT) M
Shift lever
5th position (M/T)
NOTE:
Always drive at a safe speed. N
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST O
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure" P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

EC-217
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

• 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (CVT)

ENG SPEED • 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (M/T)
(A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989234

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Go to LU-11, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-219, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-294, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.

EC-218
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 :
Exploded View".
C

JSBIA0340ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? E
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. I

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989235

J
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. K
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] L

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View". N
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View". O
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: P
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ

EC-219
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989236

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031
1 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
D
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0032 1 heater control circuit
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
high
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
J
YES >> Go to EC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989237 K

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
M
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage N

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 3 F7 3 Existed

EC-221
 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-222, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989238

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.

Terminal Resistance
3 and 4 1.98 - 2.42 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

EC-222
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014753

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors C
Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
D
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038
heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at
idle.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. J
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. K
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014754

M
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

HO2S2 O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E31 2 Ground Battery voltage
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-223
 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 3 F7 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-224, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006014755

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.

Terminal Resistance (Ω)

2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

EC-224
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989239

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0075 through intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
H
YES >> Go to EC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989240 I

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. K

IVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal L
F41 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN N
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
P
IVT control solenoid valve ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F41 2 F16 73 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

EC-225
 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-226, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006059201

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-73, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".

EC-226
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989242

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor
D
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Which DTC is detected?
G
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 H
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989243

1.INSPECTION START O

Confirm the detected DTC.

Which DTC is detected? P
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses

EC-227
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989244

A
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I
With CONSULT-III
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. C
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 D

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.1 V
E
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.1 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. G

ECM
H
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V I
45
F16 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.1 V
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.1 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
J
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element M
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II O
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

EC-229
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989245

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
P0112 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989246 I

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
K
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
F4 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
MAF sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
F4 1 F16 55 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-231
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-31, "TYPE 1 :
Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989247

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.

Terminals Condition Resistance

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-31, "TYPE 1 :
Exploded View".

EC-232
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989248

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
P0117 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989249 I

1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
K
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
F28 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
ECT sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
F28 2 F16 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-233
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-234, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-28, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989250

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73 kΩ
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
CO-28, "Exploded View".

EC-234
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989251

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-319, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989252

K
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator M

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F16 36 Existed

EC-235
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 3 F16 34 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-236, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989253

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-165, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

33 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".

EC-236
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989255

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0130 D
circuit sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT-III? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
H
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. I
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -I K
1. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Touch “START”. L
4. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm M

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
D position (CVT) N
Selector lever
4th position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?

EC-237
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
COMPLETED>>GO TO 5.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“OK” >> INSPECTION END
“NG” >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-238, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989256

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
11. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.

EC-238
 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Shift the selector lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully
until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
EC
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
6. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. C
8. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
9. Stop the vehicle.
10. Check 1st trip DTC. D
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989257

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. G

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage H
Connector Terminal
F50 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
Check harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse.

K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
A/F sensor 1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
1 49
F50 F16 Existed
2 53
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector O
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 P
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F50 Ground Not existed
2

EC-239
 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989258

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0131 D
circuit low voltage F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. I
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. K
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

M
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position N
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step O
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989259

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC-241
 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989260

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
P0132 D
circuit high voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. I
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
YES >> Go to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. K
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

M
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position N
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step O
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
YES >> Go to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006059276

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC-243
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989262

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com- C
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
D
• Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 E
• The response of the A/F signal computed by • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0133 ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than • Fuel pressure
circuit slow response
the specified time. • Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks F
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. I
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. J

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

With CONSULT-III K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no L
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
6. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode. M
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 3 N
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
O
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“OK” >> INSPECTION END P
“NG” >> Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-186, "Component Function Check".

EC-245
 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-186, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
“OK” >> INSPECTION END
“NG” >> Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989263

1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.

EC-246
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0137 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989264

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D

E
SEF259VA

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137
circuit low voltage reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START I

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are L
completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). M
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O

>> GO TO 4.
P
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-249
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

11.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK A

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-251, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
EC
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
C
NO >> Go to EC-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989265

D
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load. F
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
G
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal H
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
F16 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II J

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
K
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal L
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
F16 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2) least once during this procedure.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
N
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
O
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector P
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
F16 59
(HO2S2) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-251
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989266

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-270, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F16 59 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector ground or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E31 4 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F16 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-253, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-252
 P0137 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989267

1.INSPECTION START EC
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. F
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
G

JSBIA0082GB

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. J
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. M
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
N
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector O
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F16 59 P
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
EC-253
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0138 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989268

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A C
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
D

F
PBIB1848E

MALFUNCTION B G
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor
is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
• CVT models (For Europe)
H

JMBIA2119GB
K
• CVT models (Except for Europe)
L

PBIB2376E

O
• M/T models

JSBIA0083GB

EC-255
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0138
circuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 12.
3.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are
completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
2. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
3. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
4. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.

EC-256
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Go to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989269

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
Condition Voltage
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F16 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) sition (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989270

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-255, "DTC Logic".

EC-258
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989271

A
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
EC
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. D
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III. F
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

I
JSBIA0082GB

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.36 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". K
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM N
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
O
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F16 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.36 V at
least once during this procedure. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

EC-261
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0139 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989272

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut. D

E
SEF302U

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

For Hong Kong I

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? J
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3. M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. N
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. O
5. Open engine hood.
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE: P
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
8. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.

EC-263
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

4.PERFORM THE RESULT OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-265, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Except For Hong Kong
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
2. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
3. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV
EC-264
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III screen.
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60 A
seconds.)

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm EC

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
C
Shift lever Suitable position
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
COND1: OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 4. D
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 7.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: COMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2 E
While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at
“COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? F
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: COMPLETED>>GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-I G

Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETED” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
H

>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-II I
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
J
OK >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 10.
K
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. L
3. Start engine and warm it up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).

>> GO TO 5. M
11.PREFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-265, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: N
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989273

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.

EC-265
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 A change of voltage should be more than
F16 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi- A change of voltage should be more than
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) tion (CVT), 4th gear position (M/T) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989274

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-270, "DTC Logic" or EC-274,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-266
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F16 59 Existed
EC
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. F

HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-267, "Component Inspection".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". K
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
L
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989275 M

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? N
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. O
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

EC-267
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989279

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Intake air leaks
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
EC-270
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min- A
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
EC
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
C
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition D
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION: E
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
F
YES >> Go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989280 G

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle. H
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

K
PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace. L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
M
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Intake air leak detected?
N
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F16 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-271
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989281

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
Fuel injection system too
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
EC-274
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- A
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
EC
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F). C
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION: D
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989282
F

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

G
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

J
PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

K
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK L
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. O

A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F16 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-275
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989283

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-319, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989284

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F16 36 Existed

EC-278
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
C

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
F29 2 F16 33 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989285
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
3. Perform EC-165, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position. L
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM M
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
N
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V O
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".

EC-279
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989287

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-280
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
D
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
E
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
For Hong Kong F
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 20 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
G

More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 7 minutes

Except for Hong Kong H

Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
I
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989288

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE L

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.

2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection. M
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

EC-281
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0327, P0328 KS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989289

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327 • Harness or connectors
input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0328
high input sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989290

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 2 F16 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F16 37 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-286
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR A

Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-287, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. EC
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989291

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. F
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
G
Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
H
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".

EC-287
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989292

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is open or shorted.]
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
is not detected by the ECM during the first shorted.)
few seconds of engine cranking. (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft is shorted.)
Crankshaft position sensor
P0335 position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM (Battery current sensor circuit is short-
(POS) circuit
while the engine is running.
ed.)*
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
is not in the normal pattern during engine
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
running.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Signal plate
• Battery current sensor*
*: For Thailand
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989293

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.

CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F20 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
EC-288
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 3 F16 61 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace the flywheel. Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989294

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
126, "Exploded View".

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (−)
1 (+) - 3 (−) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (−)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC-290
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989295

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-
319, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Camshaft (INT)
(PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Starter motor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989296

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system.
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

EC-292
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989297

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to
EM-58, "Exploded View".

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (−)
1 (+) - 3 (−) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (−)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".

EC-294
 P0400 EGR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0400 EGR FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006015155

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve stuck closed
No EGR flow is detected under the condi- D
P0400 EGR function (Close) • Dead (Weak) battery
tion that calls for EGR.
• EGR passage clogged
• EGR temperature sensor
• EGR temperature circuit
E
• Exhaust gas leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Confirm “COOLAN TEMP/S” value is within the range listed below. J

COOLAN TEMP/S : Less than 40°C (104°F)

If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to stabilize. K
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air.
Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result. L
4. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value
reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
5. Drive the vehicle for at least 150 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
M
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
N
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 - 12.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Stop the engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC. P
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-295
 P0400 EGR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006015157

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start the engine and run it at idle.
2. Check exhaust pipes and muffler for leaks.

PBIB1216E

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace exhaust system. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve connector and ground.

EGR volume control valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
F88 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R.

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.

EGR volume control valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 12
3 16
F88 F7 Existed
4 20
6 24
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-296
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005995493

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An improper voltage signal is sent to (The EGR volume control valve circuit is
P0403 EGR volume control valve circuit
ECM through the valve open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine from idle to 2,000 rpm.
3. Repeat step 2 for 10 times.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005995495

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ground.

EGR volume control valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
F88 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R.

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-298
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

EGR volume control valve ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 12
EC
3 16
F88 F7 Existed
4 20
6 24 C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE E
Check EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-299, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-34, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. H

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005995496

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminal as follows. J

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

K
2 and 1, 3
20 – 24 Ω
5 and 4, 6
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-34, "Exploded View".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. M
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-34, "Exploded View".
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for- O
ward and backward according to the valve opening steps.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-34,
"Exploded View".

PBIA9386J

EC-299
 P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006021959

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
An excessively low voltage from the EGR (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
EGR temperature sen-
P0405 temperature sensor is sent to ECM even shorted.)
sor circuit low input
when engine coolant temperature is low. • EGR temperature sensor
• Malfunction of EGR function D
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the EGR (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
EGR temperature sen-
P0406 temperature sensor is sent to ECM even open.) E
sor circuit high input
when engine coolant temperature is high. • EGR temperature sensor
• Malfunction of EGR function

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC. G
Which DTC is detected?
P0405 >> GO TO 2.
P0406 >> GO TO 4. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3. J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0405
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Verify that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 50°C (122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool the engine down. L
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air.
Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 8 seconds. M
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END O
4.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at P
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform the test at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 7.

EC-301
 P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm.
4. Touch “Qu” and set the EGR volume control valve opening to 10 step.
5. Check “EGR TEMP SEN” indication should decrease to less than 1.0 V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Go to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0406
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start the engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 10 km/h (6 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 - 12.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0406
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Select Service $01 with GST and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.

Engine speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Shift lever Suitable position
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-302, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006021960

1.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR temperature sensor harness connector and ground.

EC-302
 P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

EGR temperature sensor A

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F73 1 Ground Battery voltage
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. C
2.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between EGR temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EGR temperature sensor ECM E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 2 F16 51 Existed
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
H
Check EGR temperature sensor. Refer to EC-303, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Replace EGR temperature sensor. Refer to EM-34, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Check EGR volume control VALVE. Refer to EC-299, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-34, "Exploded View". K
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". L

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006021961

1.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove EGR temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals O
by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

+ − P
Condition Resistance
Terminals
0 0.66 - 1.00 MΩ
1 2 Temperature (°C) 50 0.068 - 0.089 MΩ
100 0.012 - 0.014 MΩ
Is the inspection result normal? PBIA9400J

EC-303
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989298

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YB

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube G
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
P0420 • Fuel injector
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity. H
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
J
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
M
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
N
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. O
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). P
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?

EC-305
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.

>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-307, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-306, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-307, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989299

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
50 Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F16 59 than 5 seconds.
(HO2S2) constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-307, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-306
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989300

A
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
C
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). D

PBIB1216E G
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
I
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
J
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-173, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-470, "Ignition Timing" K
For specification, refer to EC-470, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Follow the EC-173, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
M
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

N
ECM
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage
+ − O
31
F7 30 E18 107 Battery voltage
29
P

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:

EC-307
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989301

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989302

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F32 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F32 2 F7 9 Existed

EC-310
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III C
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening. D
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-311, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded G
View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

I
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989303

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. L
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions. M

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B) N
100% Existed
0% Not existed
O
JSBIA0521ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

EC-311
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0500 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000005989304

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989305 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1001. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to
E
EC-318, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle
• Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) G
when vehicle is being driven.
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? I
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K

>> GO TO 3.
L
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a M
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine. N
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-313
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

CVT (For Europe): 1,350 - 6,000 rpm

ENG SPEED CVT (Except for Europe): 1,400 - 6,000 rpm
M/T: 2,000 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
CVT (For Europe): 4.7 - 13.2 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL CVT (Except for Europe): 5.5 - 31.8 msec
M/T: 4.3 - 31.8 msec
Shift lever Except P or N position (CVT)
Except Neutral position (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-314, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989306

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Check vehicle speed of speedometer.
The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989307

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-314
 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006418030

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is
P0603
cuit properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for four times. I
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-315, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006418031
K
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

M
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal N
E18 81 107 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE P
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-315
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0605 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989311

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
H
YES >> Go to EC-317, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-317, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4. K
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Go to EC-317, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989312

1.INSPECTION START O
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-317, "DTC Logic".
P
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-466, "Exploded View".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-317
 P0607 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0607 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014758

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
P0607 CAN communication bus • ECM
of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014759

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-318, "DTC Logic".
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-466, "Exploded View".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-318
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989313

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is D
shorted.]
Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
P0643 (Brake booster pressure sensor circuit is short-
short for sensor is excessively low or high.
ed.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor E
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Brake booster pressure sensor
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. H

>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989314

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. M

APP sensor
Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

EC-319
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000005989315

For CVT models, transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N. EC
For M/T models, park/neutral position (PNP) range switch is ON when the selector lever is Neutral position.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989316 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The transmission range switch circuit is E
open or shorted. (CVT models)]
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not
Park/neutral position [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P0850 changed in the process of engine starting and
signal circuit is open or shorted. (M/T models)]
driving. F
• Transmission range switch (CVT models)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
models)
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? H
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3. K
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
M
Shift lever position Known-good signal
N or P position (CVT)
ON N
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-321
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

ENG SPEED CVT: 950 - 6,375 rpm

M/T: 1,500 - 6,375 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Shift lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-322, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989317

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P or N (CVT)
69 Battery voltage
F16 E18 107 Shift lever Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal)
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989318

1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (CVT) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch (CVT) or park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) harness connec-
tor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch (CVT) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector and
ground.

+
Transmission range switch (CVT) /
− Voltage
PNP switch (M/T)
Connector Terminal
F51 (CVT) 1
Ground Battery voltage
F22 (M/T) 2

EC-322
 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000006843719

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843720

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-318, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM cannot receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212 TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-324, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843721

Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-168, "Work Flow".
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-113, "DTC Index".
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-318, "DTC Logic".

EC-324
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989322

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1001. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to
EC-318, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. D
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) F
heat). • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature (Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 G
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
H
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-14, "Refilling". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Refilling". I
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-21, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-325, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might L
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989323

N
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
WARNING:
O
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. P

EC-325
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT-III “ACTIVE TEST”. (For
Thailand)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-58, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989324

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT-III “ACTIVE TEST”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-58, "Diagnosis
Description". (For Thailand)
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-13, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

EC-326
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989325

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is ex- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance cessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989326

J
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-31, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View". K
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
L
: Vehicle front

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM- M
36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve N
closed position learning. Refer to EC-165, "Work Proce-
JSBIA0341ZZ
dure".

EC-329
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989328

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-330, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006059211

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-31, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.

: Vehicle front

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-165, "Work Proce-
JSBIA0341ZZ
dure".

EC-330
 P1402 EGR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1402 EGR FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006022093

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
EGR flow is detected under the condition open or shorted.)
P1402 EGR function (Open)
that does not call for EGR. • EGR volume control valve leaking or stuck
open D
• EGR temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
TESTING CONDITION:
• Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature is below 40 to 50°C (104 to
122°F). Therefore, it will be better to turn ignition switch ON (start engine) at the engine coolant tem- G
perature below 30°C (86°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above − 10°C (14°F).
Do you have CONSULT-III? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “EGR TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. J
3. Confirm “COOLAN TEMP/S” value is within the range listed below.

COOLAN TEMP/S : (−10) - (+55)°C (14 - 131°F) K

If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine
temperature to stabilize.
CAUTION: L
Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
4. Confirm “COOLAN TEMP/S” value is within the range listed below.
M
EGR TEMP SEN : Less than 4.8 V
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. N
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-332, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select Service $01 with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of (−10) - (+55)°C (14 - 131°F).
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine
temperature to stabilize.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.

EC-331
 P1402 EGR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F16 42 51 Less than 4.8 V
4. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Select Service $07 with GST.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-332, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006022094

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ground.

EGR volume control valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Termina
2
F88 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R.

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EGR volume control valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Termina Connector Termina
1 12
3 16
F88 F7 Existed
4 20
6 24
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
EC-332
 P1512 STARTER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1512 STARTER MOTOR
Description INFOID:0000000006419350

ECM multiplies operation counter of starter motor which operated in operation with key switch and operation
with restart and memorizes it.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419351

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
STARTER
When starter motor operating counter which
P1512 (Starter motor operating Starter motor
ECM memorized is 83,000 times or more.
counter)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419352

1.REPLACE STARTER MOTOR

Replace starter motor. Refer to STR-45, "HR12DE : Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-334
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005995503

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir-
cuit is shorted.] D
The output voltage of the battery current (Accelerator pedal position sensor cir-
Battery current sensor circuit
P1550 sensor remains within the specified cuit is shorted.)
range/performance
range while engine is running. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
E
shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor F
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
K
YES >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005995504
L

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
N
Battery current sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F53 1 Ground Approx. 5 V O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2. P

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-335
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Battery current sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F16 58 Existed
EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
D
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-337, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. E
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005995505

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable. I
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals J
under the following conditions.

ECM K
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ L
58
F16 68 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-265, "FOR MAINTENANCE
M
REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

EC-337
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005995506

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Battery current sensor An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P1551
circuit low input sensor is sent to ECM. (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Battery current sensor An excessively high voltage from the • Battery current sensor
P1552
circuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-338, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006057768

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F53 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-338
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F16 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-340, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006057769

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ

58
F16 68 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-265, "FOR MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

EC-340
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005995509

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
The signal voltage transmitted from
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.)
Battery current sensor the sensor to ECM is higher than D
P1553 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
performance the amount of the maximum power
• Battery current sensor
generation.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006057770
K
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

M
Battery current sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F53 1 Ground Approx. 5 V N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 1 F16 71 Existed

EC-341
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR A

Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-343, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

D
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006057771

E
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. F
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground. G
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
H
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector I
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ

58
F16 68 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal) J
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-265, "FOR MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
L

EC-343
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005995512

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
The output voltage of the battery current
(Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.)
Battery current sensor sensor is lower than the specified value
P1554 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
performance while the battery voltage is high
• Battery current sensor
enough.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-344, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-345, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005995513

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300mV at least once.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ − Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
58
F16 68 Above 2.3 at least once
(Battery current sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-345, "Diagnosis Procedure"

EC-344
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006057772

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor C

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F53 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 1 F16 71 Existed H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit. I
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
J

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal K
71 Battery current sensor F53
F16 1
75 CKP sensor (POS) F20
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
L
E18
102 APP sensor E110 5
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS N
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-443, "Diagnosis Procedure".) O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components. P
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-404, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-345
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F16 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F16 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-346, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006057773

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ

58
F16 68 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)

EC-346
 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006418447

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature • Harness or connectors
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5 sec- [Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
cuit low input) onds or more. perature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir-
cuit is open or shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
circuit is shorted.)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor cir- sensor remains 4.84V or more for 5 sec- shorted.)
cuit high input) onds or more. • Battery current sensor (Battery tem-
perature sensor)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006418448

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-348
 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006418449

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor.
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

Battery current sensor

+ − Resistance
Terminal
continuity with the resis-
2 3
tance value 100 Ω or more
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

EC-350
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843723

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-317, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the (ASCD steering switch circuit is open
ASCD SW
P1564 ASCD steering switch is out of the specified or shorted.) E
(ASCD steering switch)
range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • ECM
is stuck ON.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RES/+ switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
6. Press SET/− switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843724

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

N
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT-III. O
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

P
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
RES/+ switch
SW Released OFF

EC-351
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006843725

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I EC

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions. C

Combination switch
(Spiral cable) D
Condition Continuity
+ −
Connector
Terminals
E
Speed limiter Pressed Existed
36
MAIN switch Released Not existed
M303 35
ASCD MAIN Pressed Existed F
37
switch Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II H
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions. I

Combination switch
(Spiral cable) J
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω K
SET/− switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M302 13 16
RES/+ switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
L
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-353
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843728

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-317, "DTC Logic".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the brake pedal position switch (Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.)
ASCD BRAKE SW are sent to the ECM at the same time. • Stop lamp switch
P1572 (Brake pedal posi- • Brake pedal position switch
tion switch) Brake pedal position switch signal is not • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
B) sent to ECM for extremely long time while • Incorrect brake pedal position switch installa-
the vehicle is driving. tion
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.

EC-354
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B A

1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
EC
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
C
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
D
Depress the brake pedal for more
than five seconds so as not to come
Driving location
off from the above-mentioned vehi-
cle speed. E
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
F
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843729
G

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions. I

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed OFF J
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

L
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal M
Slightly depressed 0V
E18 100 107 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions. P

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
EC-355
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

+ A
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
E114*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
E115*2
*1: M/T models C
*2: CVT models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. D
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
*1
E114
2 E18 99 Existed
E115*2
H
*1: M/T models
*2: CVT models
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-358, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-106, "Exploded View"
(RHD). L
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000006843730

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect brake pedal position harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions. N

Brake pedal position switch

O
+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed P
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
EC-357
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-53, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-
96, "Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-106,
"Exploded View" (RHD).
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006843731

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-53, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-96,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Stop lamp switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-106, "Exploded View"
(RHD).

EC-358
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006854547

The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-57, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843733

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-211, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-313, "DTC Logic"
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-317, "DTC Logic" F
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-318, "DTC Logic".
G
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content) H
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN • Combination meter
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle I
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
speed signals is out of the specified range.
sensor) • Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. N
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC. P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-359
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843734

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-360, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT-III Function"
[WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)] or BRC-151, "CONSULT-III Function" [WITH VDC (ESP)].
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-360
 P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419353

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
name C
DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
BRAKE SW Stop lamp switch signal is sent to ECM for • Harness and connectors
P1575 (Stop lamp switch cir- extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) D
cuit) being driven. • Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that the “BRAKE SW” indication as per the following condition.
I
Monitor item Condition Indication
Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Brake pedal Slightly de- J
ON
pressed

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Brake pedal Stop lamp L

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-361, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419354

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions. P

EC-361
 P1575 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

+
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully re-
0V
leased
E18 99 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0 V: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 4.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

+
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit..
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E115 2 E18 99 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-362, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-158, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006419355

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.

EC-362
 P1576 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1576 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419356

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1576 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-317, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
ASCD BRAKE SW Brake pedal position switch signal is not sent
(Brake pedal position switch circuit is open.)
P1576 (Brake pedal posi- to ECM for extremely long time while the ve-
• Brake pedal position switch
tion switch circuit) hicle is being driven.
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E16 100 108 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-364, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419357

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.

+
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully re-
Battery voltage
leased
E18 100 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly de-
0V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0V: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 4.

EC-364
 P1576 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY A

1. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Brake pedal position switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal C
E112 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT E
1. Check the continuity brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ – F
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
E112 2 E18 100 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH I

Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-158, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006419358
K

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals as per the follow-
ing conditions. M

Brake pedal position switch

+ – Condition Continuity
N
Terminal
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal O
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-148, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals as per the follow-
ing conditions.

EC-365
 P1577 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1577 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419359

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P1577 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-317, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
D
• Harness or connectors
ASCD BRAKE SW Brake pedal position switch signal is sent to
(Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.)
P1577 (Brake pedal posi- ECM for extremely long time while the vehi-
• Brake pedal position switch
tion switch circuit) cle is being driven.
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
I
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal J
Slightly depressed 0V
E16 100 108 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006532791

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions. N

+
Voltage O
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully re-
Battery voltage P
leased
E18 100 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly de-
0V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0V: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 4.

EC-367
 P1577 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

+
Brake pedal position switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
E112 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112 2 E18 100 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-368, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-158, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006532792

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals as per the follow-
ing conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-148, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector terminals as per the follow-
ing conditions.

EC-368
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419362

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1001. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.
Refer to EC-318, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Harness and connectors
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
A Engine restart relay is stuck ON.
connector is shorted to ground.)
• Engine restart relay
• Harness and connectors
(Between engine restart relay and ECM harness
STR MTR RELAY 2 is open or shorted to power.)
P1650 (Engine restart relay cir- Engine restart relay power supply (Between battery and engine restart relay har-
B
cuit) circuit is excessively high voltage. ness is open.)
(Between engine restart relay and IPDM E/R
harness is open.)
• Engine restart relay
• Harness and connectors
Engine restart relay circuit is ex-
C (Engine restart relay circuit is open or shorted.)
cessively low voltage
• Engine restart relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 30 seconds
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
Without CONSULT-III
Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is stop/start system activated normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-370
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NO >> Proceed to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419363

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground. C

+
D
Engine restart relay – Voltage
Connector terminal
E61 2 Ground Battery voltage E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. F
2.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between engine restart relay harness connector and ground. G

+
Engine restart relay – Voltage H
Connector terminal
E61 5 Ground Battery voltage
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. J
3.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. K
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ – L
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
M
E61 2 F115 65 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
4.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-371
 P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

+ –
Engine restart relay ECM Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
E61 1 E18 87 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between engine restart relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ –
Engine restart relay IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
E61 3 E11 27 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY
Check engine restart relay. Refer to EC-372, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine restart relay.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006419364

1.CHECK ENGINE RESTART RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove engine restart relay.
3. Check the continuity between engine restart relay terminals as
per the following conditions.

Engine restart re-

lay
Condition Continuity
+ –
terminal
12V direct current supply between
Existed
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed PIIA2636J

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine restart relay.

EC-372
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419365

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1651 is displayed together with DTC U1000 or U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000
or U1001 first. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1651 is displayed together with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for P0607 first.
Refer to EC-318, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name D

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A correlated error is detected for 2 sec- • Harness and connectors
STR MTR RELAY onds or more between a control signal (Between IPDM E/R harness connec- E
P1651 (Starter motor control relay cir- transmitted from ECM and a feedback sig- tor and ECM harness connector is
cuit) nal transmitted from IPDM E/R via CAN open or shorted.)
communication line. • IPDM E/R
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine. I
2. Check the starter motor operation.
Does the starter motor operate?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. L
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
Without CONSULT-III
Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION: M
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is stop/start system activated?
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III O
With CONSULT-III
1. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
2. Let engine idle for 10 seconds or more. P
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Restart the engine. Refer toEC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
2. Let engine idle for 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-373
 P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419366

1.CHECK DTC WITH “IPDM E/R”

Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT-III. Check that DTCs are not detected by the IPDM E/R.
Refer toPCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-60, "CONSULT-III Function
(IPDM E/R)" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKING ENABLE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
E10 16 E18 82 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EC-374
 P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419367

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1652 is displayed together with DTC U1000 or U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000
or U1001 first. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1652 is displayed together with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for P0607 first.Refer to
EC-318, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name D

DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
STR MTR SYS COMM
ECM detects malfunction in starter motor
P1652 (Starter motor communica- IPDM E/R E
drive circuit of the IPDM E/R.
tion line)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 5 minutes. I
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 20 times.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419368 K

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-375, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC. M
Is the DTC P1652 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY).

EC-375
 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000006418462

ECM receives primary speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal EC
for engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006418463

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, D
U1001. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to
EC-288, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to
EC-292, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-317, "DTC Logic". F
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to
EC-318, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short- H
Primary speed sensor signal is different
Input speed sensor ed)
from the theoretical value calculated by
P1715 (Primary speed sensor) • Harness or connectors
ECM from secondary sensor signal and
(TCM output) (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or short-
engine rpm signal.
ed) I
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-377, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006418464

O
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-383, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-535, "Removal and Installation".

EC-377
 P1720 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1720 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006418467

ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator and EC
electric unit (control unit)” via combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module).
ECM uses these signals for engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006418468 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-211, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
E
to EC-318, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
• Harness or connectors
(Secondary speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Harness or connectors G
Vehicle speed sensor The difference between two vehicle speed (Wheel sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1720
(TCM output) signals is out of the specified range. • TCM
• Secondary speed sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) H
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. L
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without depressing the brake
pedal.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006418469

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM O

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-383, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check DTC with “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
EC-379
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006419369
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis C
name
DTC DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
D
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT Stop lamp switch signal is not sent to • Harness and connectors
P1805 (Stop lamp switch cir- ECM for extremely long time while the ve- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open)
cuit) hicle is being driven. • Stop lamp switch
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.

G
>> GO TO 2.
2.COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that the “BRAKE SW” indication as per the following condition. I

Monitor item Condition Indication

Fully released OFF J
BRAKE SW Brake pedal Slightly de-
ON
pressed
K
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
L
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
M
Slightly depressed Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Proceed to EC-381, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006532908
O
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.

EC-381
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

+
Voltage
ECM – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Fully re-
0V
leased
E18 99 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Fixed at 0 V: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> Fixed at battery voltage: GO TO 4.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check the voltage stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

+
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit..
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ –
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E115 2 E18 99 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-382, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-158, "Exploded View".
WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006596569

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.

EC-382
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Stop lamp switch A

+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
EC
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II D

1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-148, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
E
tions.

Stop lamp switch

F
+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Not existed G
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-158, "Exploded View".
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM I
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006427314

DTC DETECTION LOGIC J

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
P1805 Brake switch for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
driving. • Stop lamp switch
L
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-383, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END O

WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006427315

P
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

EC-383
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006427316

A
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. EC
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity C

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-148, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. F

Terminals Condition Continuity

G
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-159, "Removal and Installation".
I

EC-385
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989347

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100
relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103
relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-386, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-386, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006080742

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F115 68 F7 15 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-386
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989349

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer to
EC-386, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer to EC-
393, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
• Electric throttle control actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-388, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006080743

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I

1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Condition Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F7 2 E18 107
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-388
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.

: Vehicle front

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-165, "Work Proce-
dure".
JSBIA0341ZZ

8.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989351

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".

EC-390
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989353

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor) D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989354

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- K
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM L

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Not existed
5 M
4 Existed
F29 F7
1 Existed
6
4 Not existed N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR P
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-391
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006059218

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".

EC-392
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989357

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Electric throttle control
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B) D
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds. H
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
6. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. L
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006059219

O
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-31, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View". P

EC-393
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989360

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-319, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors D
P2122
sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 (APP sensor 1)
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989361

K
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 2 E18 111 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-395
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 3 E18 110 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-396, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989362

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator
E18
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
103
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-396
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989364

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127
sensor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)*
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 (APP sensor 2)
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor*
*: For Thailand F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-397, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989365

L
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor N
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5 V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-397
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
C
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
D
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989366 E

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
G
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector H
Terminal Terminal

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator I
E18
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
103
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
K

EC-399
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989368

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-
319, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989369

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F16 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-400
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 33
F29 F16 Existed
3 34 D

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR F
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-401, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. I

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989370

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
K
3. Perform EC-165, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. L

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
M
Connector
Terminal Terminal

33 Fully released More than 0.36 V N

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".

EC-401
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989372

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-
319, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor sent to ECM compared with (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2138
circuit range/performance the signals from APP sensor 1 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
and APP sensor 2. (APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-402, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989373

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5 V

EC-402
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

7.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 110
E110 E18 Existed
6 103
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-404, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989374

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator
E18
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
103
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-404
 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005989376

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will
not shift to LEAN side or RICH side.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal shifts to the lean side for a specified • A/F sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 D
P2A00 period. • Fuel pressure
circuit range/performance
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor • Fuel injector
1 signal shifts to the rich side for a specified period. • Intake air leaks
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. I
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-405, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989377

1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 L

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
N
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
O
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE P
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-170, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure" or
EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.

EC-405
 ASCD INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006847156

1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
225 km/h (140 MPH)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-408, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847157

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-66, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-408
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ASCD MAIN SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006863815

1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Check “MAIN SW” indication as per the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Pressed ON
MAIN SW ASCD MAIN switch
Released OFF
E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal

ASCD MAIN Pressed Battery voltage

E18 96 107 H
switch Released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Proceed to EC-409, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006863816

J
1.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between combination switch harness connector and ground.
L
+
Combination switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M

M32 21 Ground Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch harness connector. P

+ −
ECM Combination switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 96 M303 37 Existed

EC-409
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Check the ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-410, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006873047

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.

Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Condition Continuity
+ −
Connector
Terminals

Speed limiter Pressed Existed

36
MAIN switch Released Not existed
M303 35
ASCD MAIN Pressed Existed
37
switch Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.

Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/− switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M302 13 16
RES/+ switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-410
 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006586172

1.BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION CHECK EC

1. Start the engine.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminal as per the following conditions.
C
ECM
Voltage
Terminal Condition
Connector (Approx.) D
+ -
Fully released 1.25 V
F16 41 60 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed 1.5 V E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-411, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006586173

G
1.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake booster pressure sensor harness connector. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector terminals.

I
Brake booster pressure sensor
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal J
E66 1 3 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II L
Check the voltage between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

+ M
Brake booster pressure sen- Voltage
–
sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal N
E66 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake booster pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EC-411
 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
7.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR
Check brake booster pressure sensor. Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace brake booster pressure sensor. Refer to BR-174, "Exploded View".
C
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006586174

1.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR-I D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. E
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM F
+ –
Connector
Terminal
G
F16 41 60
NOTE:
• To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine H
is stopped.
• Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depends on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure. I
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart. J

Compensated pressure
Altitude (m)
(hPa)
K
0 0
200 -24
400 -47 L
600 -70
800 -92
M
1000 -114
1500 -168
2000 -218 N
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.

O
Atmospheric pressure
Voltage (V)
(hPa)
800 3.1 – 3.7
P
850 3.3 – 3.9
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6
1050 4.2 - 4.8 JMBIA0870GB

Is the inspection result normal?

EC-413
 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006862547

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON
E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E18 100 107 Brake pedal H
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Proceed to EC-415, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006862548

J
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
L
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M

E112 1 Ground Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec- P
tor.

+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112 2 E18 100 Existed

EC-415
 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-106,
"Exploded View" (RHD).
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000006881511

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-53, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-
96, "Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Brake pedal position switch

+ - Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-106,
"Exploded View" (RHD).

EC-416
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006862341

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Select “CLUTCH P/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “CLUTCH P/P SW” indication under the following conditions.
D
Monitor item Condition Indication
Fully released OFF
CLUTCH P/P SW Clutch pedal E
Fully depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0V H
E18 92 107 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006862342 J

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
Without Intelligent Key L
Clutch pedal position switch
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
E109 2 Ground Existed

With Intelligent Key

Clutch pedal position switch N

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E113 4 Ground Existed
O
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-417
 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Without Intelligent Key

Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 1 E18 92 Existed

With Intelligent Key

Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E113 3 E18 92 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-13, "LHD : Exploded View" (LHD) or CL-14,
"RHD : Exploded View" (RHD).
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006862343

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Without Intelligent Key

Clutch pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals
Fully released Existed
E109 1 and 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed

With Intelligent Key

Clutch pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Connector Terminals
Fully released Existed
E113 3 and 4 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.

EC-418
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
COOLING FAN
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989389

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT-III “ACTIVE TEST”. (For
Thailand)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-58, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989390

EXCEPT FOR THAILAND WITH M/T

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
E11 31 E62 Existed
2
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.

Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E62 Ground Existed
4
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-420
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-91, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. A
FOR THAILAND WITH M/T
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT EC
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
C
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
29 2
D
E11 E62 Existed
31 1
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor relay harness connector and cooling fan motor harness E
connector.

Cooling fan motor relay Cooling fan motor F

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E74 5 E62 3 Existed
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground. G

Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity H
Connector Terminal
E62 4 Ground Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor relay harness connector. K
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor relay harness connec-
tor.
L

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
9 2
E10 E74 Existed
15 1
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor relay harness connector and ground. N

Cooling fan motor relay

Ground Continuity O
Connector Terminal
E74 3 Ground Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY
Check cooling fan motor relay. Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
EC-421
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000005989391

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.

Cooling fan motor

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
1 4
E62 Cooling fan operates.
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay) INFOID:0000000006449417

1.FUEL PUMP RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove cooling fan motor relay.
3. Check continuity between cooling fan motor relay terminals
under the following conditions.

cooling fan motor relay

Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
JSBIA0671ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay.

EC-422
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000005989392

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to EC
ECM through the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989393

C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Go to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989394

1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-423, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

EC-423
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989395

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. E
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

Clicking noise should be heard.

G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H

I
PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989396

J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F37 1 M
2 F38 1 Ground Battery voltage
3 F39 1
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 48) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15 A fuse. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC-425
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F37 2 31
2 F38 2 F7 30 Existed
3 F39 2 29
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-46, "FOR THAILAND PRODUCTION MODELS
: Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-91, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005989397

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-46, "FOR THAILAND PRODUCTION MODELS
: Exploded View".

EC-426
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
FUEL PUMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989398

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> EC-427, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E

JSBIA0377ZZ

F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006066587

FOR THAILAND WITH M/T MODELS G

1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground.
I
FPCM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
B25 10 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and FPCM harness connector.
M
IPDM E/R FPCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
E12 33 B25 10 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II P
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-427
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel A

FPCM
pump) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
6 3 EC
B25 B40 Existed
7 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-431, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View"
F
10.CHECK FPCM
Check FPCM. Refer to EC-432, "Component Inspection (FPCM)".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-469, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
EXCEPT FOR THAILAND WITH M/T MODELS
J
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) harness connector and
ground.
L

Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

(fuel pump) Ground Voltage
M
Connector Terminal
B40 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Without Stop / Start System: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> With Stop / Start System: GO TO 5. O
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel
pump) harness connector.

EC-429
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
2. Check the continuity between fuel pump relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
Fuel pump relay ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E7 1 F7 23 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY D
Check fuel pump relay. Refer to EC-432, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace fuel pump relay.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) and ground.
G
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(fuel pump) Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal H
B40 3 Ground Existed
3. Also heck harness for short to power.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-431, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump). Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installa-
tion". L
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". M

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-91, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000006066588

O
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)” harness connector. P
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)” terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC-431
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006066589

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)

1. Check the voltage between FPCM terminals under the following conditions.

FPCM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
Approx. 8.5 V
switch ON
B25 7 6 More than 1 second after turning
Approx. 0 V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed Approx. 8.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-469, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Relay) INFOID:0000000006418543

1.FUEL PUMP RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump relay.
3. Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals under the
following conditions.

Fuel pump relay

Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
JSBIA0671ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump relay.

EC-432
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
HOOD SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006419374

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “HOOD SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Check indication as per the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Close OFF
HOOD SW Engine hood
Open ON
E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
F

+
Voltage
Hood switch – Condition G
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Engine Close Battery voltage

E52 1 Ground H
hood Open 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Proceed to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419375

J
1.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector. K
3. Check the voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

+ L
Hood switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
E52 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
O
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

P
+ −
Hood switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E52 1 E10 14 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-433
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

+
Hood switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E52 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check the hood switch. Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace hood lock. Refer to DLK-209, "RHD MODELS : Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006419376

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between hood switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Hood switch
+ – Condition Continuity
Terminal
Open Existed
1 2 Engine hood
Close Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace hood lock. Refer to DLK-209, "RHD MODELS : Removal and Installation".

EC-434
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989401

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D

With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. E
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Go to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
+ − Voltage signal
I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
17
18 J

F7 E18 107
22 K

JMBIA0219GB

NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Go to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989402
N
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. O
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
P
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E18 105 107 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-194, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-435
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000005989403

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000005989404

1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
EC-438
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006862346

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY

1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-440, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006862347

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-313, "DTC Logic".
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-359, "DTC Logic".
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-440
 INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006847146

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER) FUNCTION EC

1. Start engine.
2. Press speed limiter MAIN switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (20 MPH). C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
D
5. Perform a test drive on a flat road conditions. Check that the speedometer indicated the same value as
the set speed indicator on the information display while depressing the accelerator pedal until just before
a kickdown occurs.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-441, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847147

1.CHECK DTC G
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not display.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
K
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.
M

EC-441
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989407

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989408

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or U1001. Refer to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-442
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005989409

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION EC

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. C

ECM
+ − Voltage D
Connector
Terminal Terminal
85
E18 98 1.0 - 4.0V E
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Go to EC-443, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005989410

G
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor I

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
M
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
E49 1 E18 98 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.

EC-443
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006864038

1.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SL MAIN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III. C
3. Check “SL MAIN SW” indication as per the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

Pressed ON
SL MAIN SW Speed limiter MAIN switch
Released OFF
E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
F

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal

Speed limiter Pressed Battery voltage

E18 91 107 H
MAIN switch Released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Proceed to EC-445, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006864039

J
1.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between combination switch harness connector and ground.
L
+
Combination switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M

M32 21 Ground Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch harness connector. P

+ −
ECM Combination switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E18 91 M303 36 Existed

EC-445
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Check the ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-446, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006873154

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.

Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Condition Continuity
+ −
Connector
Terminals

Speed limiter Pressed Existed

36
MAIN switch Released Not existed
M303 35
ASCD MAIN Pressed Existed
37
switch Released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.

Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/− switch: Pressed 660 Ω
M302 13 16
RES/+ switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.

EC-446
 STOP/START INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
STOP/START INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006419372

1.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. C
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Check that stop/start indicator illuminate.
Without CONSULT-III D
1. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Check that stop/start indicator as per the following condition.
E
Indicator Condition Status
Stop/start indicator Stop/start system operating Illuminate
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-447, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419373

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE H

Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
J
Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC. K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. M

EC-447
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000005989414

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-427
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-179
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-425
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-62
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-46
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-462
EC-388
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-391
EC-393
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-463
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-435
EGR EGR volume control valve circuit 2 EC-298
EGR system 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 EC-295,
2 1
EC-331
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-194

EC-448
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-227 F
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-233
EC-237
G
3 EC-241
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit EC-243
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-245
EC-405 H
EC-235
EC-278
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-329
I
EC-330
2 2 EC-400
EC-395
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-397 J
EC-402
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-286
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-288 K
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-292
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-313
L
EC-315
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-317
EC-318
M
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-217
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-321
N
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-443
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-423
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-133 O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-55
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
P

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

EC-449
 ASCD MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON/OFF
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ASCD MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON/OFF
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847162

1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Check that DTC is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK ASCD MAIN SWITCH
Refer to EC-409, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-452
 ASCD TEMPORARY RELEASE CANNOT BE PERFORMED BY THE CLUTCH
PEDAL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
ASCD TEMPORARY RELEASE CANNOT BE PERFORMED BY THE
A
CLUTCH PEDAL
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847163
EC
1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Check that DTC is not displayed.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated. D
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-417, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
F
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
G
>> INSPECTION END

EC-453
 SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON/OFF
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON/OFF
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847164

1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Check that DTC is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK SPEED LIMITER MAIN SWITCH
Refer to EC-445, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-454
 SPEED LIMITER IS RELEASED BEFORE A KICKDOWN OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SPEED LIMITER IS RELEASED BEFORE A KICKDOWN OCCURS
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847165

1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM EC

Check that DTC is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE D
Refer to EC-177, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-455
 SPEED LIMITER TEMPORARY RELEASE CANNOT BE PERFORMED BY A
KICKDOWN
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
SPEED LIMITER TEMPORARY RELEASE CANNOT BE PERFORMED BY
A KICKDOWN
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847166

1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Check that DTC is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE
Refer to EC-177, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-456
 STOP/START SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
STOP/START SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006533080

1.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM-I FUNCTION-I EC

Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description".
Is the stop/start system activated?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR D
Check the stop/start indicator during stop/start system operation.
Is stop/start indicator turned ON?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Check the combination meter. Refer to MWI-88, "Work flow".
3.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM-I FUNCTION-II
F
Check the engine status during stop/start system operation.
Is the engine stalled during stop/start system operation ?
YES >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated. G
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP/START SYSTEM-I FUNCTION-III
Check the engine restart operation during stop/start system operation. H
Is the engine restarted?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. I
5.CHECK STARTER MOTOR OPERATION
Check the starter motor operation when engine restart during stop/start system operation. J
Is the starter motor operated?
YES >> Refer to STR-42, "Symptom Table".
NO >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated. K
6.CHECK WARNING LAMP
Check the ABS warning lamp and air bag warning lamp.
L
Are ABS warning lamp or air bag warning lamp turned ON?
YES >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 7.
M
7.CHECK STOP/START INDICATOR
Check the stop/start indicator.
Is stop/start indicator blinks slowly? N
YES >> Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III and perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
NO >> Proceed to EC-447, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O

EC-457
 STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
STOP/START SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006419378

NOTE:
Check the stop/start system operation condition. Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion".
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III.
2. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START” and operate stop/start system. (engine stop.)
4. Touch “CANCEL” and restart the engine.
Is stop/ start system activated normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY
Check whether use battery designed for the stop/start system. Refer to PG-7, "Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace battery. Refer to PG-284, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS :
Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK CUMULATIVE BATTERY DISCHARGE CURRENT
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that the “CML B/DCHG CRNT” indication.

Monitor item Indication

CML B/DCHG CRNT 50400 or less
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace battery. Refer to PG-284, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS :
Removal and Installation".
5.CHARGE BATTERY
Charge battery. Refer to PG-281, "Standard Charge".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BATTERY STATUS
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm up the engine coolant temperature to 45°C (113°F) or more.
2. Check the temperature of battery fluid is 5°C (41°F) or more.
3. Select “BATTERY STST” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the “BATTERY STST” indication.
Is “OK” displayed?
EC-458
 INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTIONING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTIONING
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006847167

1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Check that DTC is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY (SPEED LIMITER)
Refer to EC-441, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC-460
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006419381

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-52,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D

STOP/START SYSTEM
NOTE:
E
Refer to EC-66, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description" for the stop/start system function.
• Under any of the following conditions, the stop/start system is not activated or it takes time to be activated,
depending on situation.
- The battery is deteriorated. (High discharge rate.) F
- A battery other than the stop/start system-specific battery is used.
- Ambient temperature is extremely low.
• If the battery negative terminal is disconnected and the engine cold condition is not detected at an engine
G
start, the stop/start system may not be activated unless the vehicle is driven for approximately three hours in
total.
NOTE:
Engine Cold Condition H
When all of the following conditions are satisfied, ECM judges that the engine is cold.
• Engine coolant temperature is less than 35°C (95°F).
• Intake air temperature is less than 35°C (95°F). I
• The temperature difference between engine coolant and intake air is less than 6°C (43°F).

EC-461
 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000005989422

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
Without CONSULT-III
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-462
 IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
IGNITION TIMING
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006001762

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire (1) as shown.

: Vehicle front C

E
JSBIA0378ZZ

2. Check ignition timing. F

1 : Timing indicator
G

MBIB1331E
I

>> INSPECTION END J

EC-463
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Inspection INFOID:0000000006001763

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).

JSBIA0335ZZ

3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF989X

b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EC-464
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000005989425

1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve.

E
PBIB1589E

EC-465
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006001764

JPBIA4276ZZ

1. ECM bracket 2. ECM

: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006001765

REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-284, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Exploded
View".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91, "Exploded View"
(WITHOUT I-KEY).
3. Remove IPDM E/R cover (1).

A : mounting nut
B : mounting bolts

JSBIA0473ZZ

4. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.

5. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
6. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-162, "WITH STOP/START SYS-
TEM : Work Procedure" (with Stop / Start System) or EC-163, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work
Procedure" (without Stop / Start System).

EC-466
 DC/DC CONVERTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
DC/DC CONVERTER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006419379

EC

JPBIA4605ZZ

1. DC/DC converter 2. DC/DC converter bracket 3. Steering member G

: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006419380

H

REMOVAL
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery negative terminal.
3. Remove glove upper box assembly (or instrument finisher B). Refer to IP-13, "Exploded View". J
4. Disconnect DC/DC converter harness connector.
5. Remove DC/DC converter bracket mounting screws.
6. Remove DC/DC converter mounting bolts, and then remove DC/ K
DC converter from the bracket.

JPBIA4606ZZ N
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
O

EC-467
 EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
EVAP CANISTER
Hydraulic Layout INFOID:0000000006001766

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

JPBIA3282ZZ

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister

solenoid valve
: Vehicle front

NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

EC-468
 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006001767

REMOVAL EC
1. Pull up passenger side floor carpet. Refer to INT-31, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) connector.
C
3. Remove fuel pump control module (FPCM) fixing bolts.
4. Remove fuel pump control module (FPCM).
INSTALLATION D
Install in the reverse order of removal.

EC-469
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000005989426

Condition Specification
No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000005989427

Transmission Condition Specification

CVT No load* (in P or N position) 9 ± 2°BTDC
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 12 ± 2°BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000005989428

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST)

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000005989429

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.1 V*
0.8 – 4.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

EC-470
 APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000006036624
EC
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-22, "Model Variation") to confirm the service information in EC section.

Vehicle type C
Service information
Engine control Destination Transmission Emission control
General areas [Thai production models (for
CVT, M/T With E-OBD D
Thailand)]
General areas [Thai production models
L-jetronic M/T Without E-OBD HR12DE (TYPE 1)
(except for Thailand)]
E
Hong Kong CVT With E-OBD
Europe, Israel and Palestine CVT, M/T With E-OBD
General areas [Thai production models F
A/T Without E-OBD
(except for Thailand)]

D-jetronic India M/T Without E-OBD HR12DE (TYPE 2)

Australia and New Zealand A/T, M/T With E-OBD G
General areas (India production models) A/T, M/T Without E-OBD
NOTE:
• L-jetronic is a fuel injection control method that the mass air flow sensor mounted on the air cleaner case H
directly measures air volume taken into the engine (cylinder) and determines the fundamental fuel injection
amount.
• D-jetronic is a fuel injection control method to calculate air volume taken into the engine (cylinder) and deter- I
mine the fundamental fuel injection amount, based on a throttle angle and an intake air pressure calculated
by the manifold absolute pressure sensor mounted on the intake manifold.
J

EC-471
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006466368

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006466369

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000006036679

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-8, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
EC-472
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc. A
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006036716 EC

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is C
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because D
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis- E
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

F
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value. G
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation. H
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes I
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB1164E
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes J
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. K

1 : ECM
C : Loosen L

JSBIA0405ZZ

N
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break). O
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt- P
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-473
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000006036680

Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10120000 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter

JSBIA0410ZZ

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000006036681

Tool name Description

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

(PermatexTM
i.e.: when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

EC-476
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006036717
EC

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

C

J
JSBIA0326ZZ

1. ECM 2. IPDM E/R 3. Electric throttle control actuator (with K

Refer to PCS-8, "Component Parts built in throttle position sensor and
Location" throttle control motor)
4. EVAP canister purge volume control 5. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor
solenoid valve sensor Refer to HA-14, "Component Parts L
(with intake air temperature sensor) Location"
7. Cooling fan motor
M
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

EC-477
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

JPBIA3224ZZ

1. PCV valve 2. Fuel injector No.1 3. Fuel injector No.2

4. Fuel injector No.3 5. Knock sensor 6. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor) tor)
: Vehicle front

EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

EC-478
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

EC

I
JPBIA3215ZZ

1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

J
A. To engine assembly

BODY COMPARTMENT
K

EC-479
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

JSBIA0430ZZ

1. Fuel pump (with fuel level sensor unit 2. EVAP canister 3. Stop lamp switch
and fuel pressure regulator)
Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts Lo-
cation"
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor
A. Left side of engine room B. Periphery of pedals
: Vehicle front

Component Description INFOID:0000000006036718

Component Reference
ECM EC-481, "ECM"
Malfunction indicator (MI) EC-481, "Malfunction Indicator (MI)"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-482, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-482, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor EC-482, "Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (With Intake
(with intake air temperature sensor) Air Temperature Sensor)"
Electric throttle control actuator
Throttle control motor relay
EC-483, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Throttle control motor
Throttle position sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-484, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-484, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-485, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"

EC-480
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Component Reference
A
Fuel injector EC-485, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel pump EC-485, "Fuel Pump"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC
EC-486, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2
EC-486, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater C
Knock sensor EC-487, "Knock Sensor"
Cooling fan control module
EC-487, "Cooling Fan" D
Cooling fan motor
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-487, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
PCV valve EC-489, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation" E
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-487, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Stop lamp switch EC-488, "Stop Lamp Switch"
F
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
EC-717, "Description"
Transmission range switch (A/T models)

ECM INFOID:0000000006036719
G

• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

• ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input H
and output and for power supply.
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC
I
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.

PBIB1164E K
Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000006036720

The malfunction indicator (MI) is located on the combination meter. L

The MI will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MI should turn off. If the MI remains M
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-508, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator (MI)". N

SAT652J
O

EC-481
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000006036721

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

PBID0206J

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006036722

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the accelerator

pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and
sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor)
INFOID:0000000006036723

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is placed intake man-
ifold corrector. It detects intake manifold pressure and sends the
voltage signal to the ECM, ECM uses the signal to compute intake
air volume value.
The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increase, the voltage rises.

MBIB0278E

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. The sensor
detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.

EC-482
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
<Reference data>
A
Intake air temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 EC
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 31
(Intake air temperature sensor) and 28 (Sensor ground). C

SEF012P

D
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000006036724

OUTLINE E
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
F

J
JSBIA0270GB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. K
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
ECM inhibits throttle valve closed position learning under clogging-prone conditions to reduce the clogging in L
the throttle valve closed position. When detecting a clogging in the throttle valve closed position, ECM maxi-
mizes the motor driving torque of the electronic throttle to eliminate the clogging.
M
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into N
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to O
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

P
PBIB0145E

EC-483
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000006036725

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the transmission

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the
fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIA9209J
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JSBIA0523GB

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000006036726

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrution of the

signal plate installed to the camshaft (INT) rear end to identify a par-
ticular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the
piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIA9209J
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JSBIA0523GB

EC-484
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006036727

A
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant EC
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
C

D
SEF594K

<Reference data> E

Engine coolant temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)] F
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 26 H
SEF012P
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 24 (Sensor ground).

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006036728

I
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and J
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on K
engine fuel needs.

L
PBIA9664J

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006036729

M
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor N
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni-
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The O
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF
fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
P
JSBIA0498ZZ

Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.

EC-485
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Condition Fuel pump operation
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006036753

DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio.
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0
V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
operating condition to keep the temperature of heated oxygen sensor 1 element at the specified range.

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006036732

DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.

EC-486
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. A

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF EC
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
C
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000006036735

D
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. E

G
JSBIA0284ZZ

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000006036736

H
Cooling fan operates when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-498, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006036738
I

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP J
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
K

PBIA9215J

M
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006036740

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent N
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB2657E

EC-487
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006036741

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being
driven.

JSBIA0308ZZ

EC-488
 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000006036688

EC

G
PBIB2962E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.

M
PBIB1588E

EC-489
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006036802

JPBIA3238GB

EC-490
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006038721

A
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000006071726
EC
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

Detected Engine operating condition C

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control D
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-763, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check" E
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
F
DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode G
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0108 (MAP) sensor
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. H
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display) I
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after J
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time) K
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in L
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor. M
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. N
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
O
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less. P
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-491
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1171 Intake air When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due
to fuel cut.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006036809

JSBIA0607GB

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006036810

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-492
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) *2
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
EC
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T mod- Fuel injection
els) & mixture ratio Fuel injector
PNP signal
control E
Transmission range switch (A/T models)
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition F
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

EPS control unit EPS operation signal*3

G
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*3

A/C ON signal*3
BCM H
Blower fan ON signal*3
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*3: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. I

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of J
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. K

VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION

In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
L
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up M
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models) N
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration O
• During high engine speed operation

EC-493
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB2953E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated
oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-486, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., manifold absolute pressure sensor silicon diaphragm)
and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-494
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A

EC

JSBIA0318GB

Two types of systems are used. D

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all three cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The three injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006036815

JSBIA0608GB

N
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006036816

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART O

EC-495
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Ignition timing Ignition coil (with power tran-
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T mod- control sistor)
els) PNP signal
Transmission range switch (A/T models)
Battery Battery voltage*1
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 2 - 3
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

EC-496
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006036819

EC

H
JSBIA0609GB

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006036820 I

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

J
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position K
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
IPDM E/R L
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓
A/C compressor
Air conditioner relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure request signal
↓
Compressor M
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2

A/C ON signal*2 N
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. O

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
P
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-497
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006036821

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006036824

JSBIA0610GB

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006036825

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan ↓
speed request Cooling fan relay
Battery Battery voltage*1 signal ↓
Cooling fan motor
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2

A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 2-step control [HIGH/OFF].

EC-498
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Cooling Fan Operation
A

EC

JSBIA0415GB F
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
G
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay
Stop (OFF) OFF
High (HI) ON
H

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

I
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006036828

N
JSBIA0611GB

O
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006036829

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

P

EC-499
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) purge flow control control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*1
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

EC-500
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006289762

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
(MI) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diagnostic tool
(GST: Generic Scan Tool).
NOTE: C
OBD is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000006464809
D
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-501, "Diag-
nosis Description". E
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
F

EC-501
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000006289713

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MI DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-530, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000006289714

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, the
DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive
trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips,
only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the 1st trip,
the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-530, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-564, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

EC-502
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000006465333

H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MI (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC-503
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

JMBIA1060GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-506, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

EC-504
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-506, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". A
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
EC
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
C
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Qual-
ity Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
D

JMBIA1467GB

EC-505
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-506, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-506, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006465334

DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (68°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

EC-506
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F). A
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
EC
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C. C
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000006879392
D

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of E
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. F
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. G
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- H
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the I
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
J
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING K
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
L
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis M
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
N
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) O
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

EC-507
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000006289718

• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator signal
to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MI: ON/blink) the signal received from the exhaust
emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC that
affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp sig-
nal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MI, according to the
signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunction
detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MI ON/Blink is stored (Control mod-
SAT652J
ule varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MI illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MI circuit if MI does not illuminate. Refer to EC-763, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
NOTE:
If MI remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.

EC-508
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006289719

A
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM
The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
EC
Diagnostic test mode Function
Bulb check MI can be checked.
C
SRT status* ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MI to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
D
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 moni- This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1,to
tor be read.
E
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-570, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-571, "Description". F
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-572, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-574, "Description". G
clear
*: SRT status is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
BULB CHECK MODE H

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MI bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
I
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. J
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
K
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-507, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code". L
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow. M
• ECM continues to illuminate MI if all SRT codes are set.

EC-509
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
• ECM blinks MI for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.

JMBIA1515GB

MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MI when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system compo-
nents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MI illuminates.
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MI when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MI is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This blinking is
displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.

EC-510
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. A

EC

PBIB0092E D
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode E
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs
or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using
F
the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following. O

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 P
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

EC-511
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-530, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR MODE
Description
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
Operation Procedure
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to “HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)” above.
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).

MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
CAUTION:
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it
up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that
the MI comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.
NOTE:
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are
described later.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000005886480

FUNCTION

EC-512
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

Diagnostic test mode Function A

Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.* EC
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test C
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work Support D
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. E
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data F
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE G

Self Diagnostic Item

Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-530, "DTC Index". H
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”. I
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
J
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. K
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
L
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
M
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC- N
DTC RESULT
530, "DTC Index".)
COOLANT TEMP
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
O
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
P
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.

EC-513
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDI-
These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
TION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item

Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed from the sig- speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm nal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and • If the signal is interrupted while the
camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL msec pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
HO2S1 (B1) V
the heated oxygen sensor 1 is displayed.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is
HO2S2 (B1) V
displayed.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air- • After turning ON the ignition switch,
fuel ratio feedback control: ″RICH″ is displayed until air-fuel mix-
RICH: means the mixture became ″rich″, and con- ture ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN
trol is being affected toward a leaner mixture. • When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: means the mixture became ″lean″, and con- clamped, the value just before the
trol is being affected toward a rich mixture. clamping is displayed continuously.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN catalyst is relatively small.
value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way
catalyst is relatively large.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.

EC-514
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 1 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been
performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km/h or mph Distance traveled while MI is activated.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
position (PNP) signal.
The intake air temperature (determined by the sig-
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F nal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is
indicated.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile Distance traveled while MI is activated.
The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
The signal voltage of the manifold absolute pres-
TURBO BST SEN V
sure sensor is displayed.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
O2SEN HTR DTY %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 —
The item is indicated, but not used.
INCMP/CM- NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)
PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
*: Although the state is indicated as “Low”, the cooling fan operates at high speeds.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sensor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V
volume control solenoid valve to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.

EC-516
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III EC
and listen to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
If trouble symptom disappears, see
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
C
CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON D
• Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI”
and “OFF” CONSULT-III. • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* NOTE: Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
The cooling fan operates at high • Cooling fan motor E
speeds even when “LOW” is se-
lected.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
• Harness and connectors
F
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu- Engine runs rough or dies.
• Power transistor G
tral (M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
• Ignition coil
one at a time using CONSULT-III.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. H
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item I

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from J
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified When learning the idle air volume
range is memorized in ECM.
K
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
the original coefficient. learning value
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed L
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
When learning the throttle valve- M
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped.
closed position
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE N
NOTE:
DTC & SRT confirmation mode is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
O
SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT-
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
P
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode

EC-517
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000005888308
EC

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks: C
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
• Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show D
the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIM-
ING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sen-
sor (PHASE) and other ignition timing related sensors. E

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as F
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm H
1.0 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up I
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
J
during 10 seconds
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met. K
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
L
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
M
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V N

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped) O
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V P
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*1 • Selector lever position: D (A/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off

EC-519
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Engine speed: Below 3,900 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load EC
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per- C
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully. D
Vehicle has traveled after MI has turned 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
Selector lever position: P or N (A/T) or E
On
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T)
Selector lever: Except above Off
Indicates intake air tempera- F
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture.
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
G
4.5 V
Ignition switch: ON
Output voltage varies with at-
Engine stopped
mospheric pressure.
TURBO BST SEN • Engine: After warming up H
Engine: Idle 1.3 - 1.5 V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.2V

O2 SEN HTR DTY

• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
Approx. 30%
I
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 —
The item is indicated, but not used. J
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) —
The item is indicated, but not used.
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter- K
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Although the state is indicated as "Low", the cooling fan operates at high speeds.
TERMINAL LAYOUT L

JSBIA0404ZZ O
PHYSICAL VALUES

NOTE: P
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.

EC-521
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
Sensor power supply
46 28 EC
[Manifold absolute pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O) (G)
(MAP) sensor]
49 80 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(V) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V) C
51 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(P) Output
52 Input/ D
— CAN communication line — —
(L) Output
56 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(GR) Output E
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
61 80
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(L) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V) F
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
67 80 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(P) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE G
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
70 72
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V H
(BR) (Y)
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
I
71 72 Accelerator pedal position
Input
(GR) (Y) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed J
Sensor ground
72
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(Y)
sensor 2) K
73 80 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply L
74 79
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (R)
sensor 1)
75 M
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released N
78 79 Accelerator pedal position
Input
(SB) (R) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed O
Sensor ground
79
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(R)
sensor 1) P
80
— ECM ground — — —
(B)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Fail Safe INFOID:0000000005888309

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

EC-527
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-763, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.

DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0108 (MAP) sensor
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1171 Intake air When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due
to fuel cut.

EC-528
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
A
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range. EC
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal C
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
D
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor. E
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000005888310

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority F
chart.

Priority DTC Detected items G

U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
U1010 CAN communication
P0107, P0108, P1171 Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
H
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
I
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) J
1
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
K
P0605 ECM
P1171 Intake error
P1229 Sensor power supply L
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P1706 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
M
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0135 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater N
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0141 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
O
2 P1065 ECM
P1122 Electric throttle control function
P
P1124, P1126 Throttle control motor relay
P1128 Throttle control motor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch

EC-529
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Priority DTC Detected items
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0303 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function
3
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
P1212 TCS communication line

DTC Index INFOID:0000000005888311

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1 Items SRT Reference

Trip MI
CONSULT-III*2 ECM*3
(CONSULT-III screen terms) code*4 page

× (For EUROPE)
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — (Except EU- EC-597
ROPE)
U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-597
1 (A/T) × (A/T)
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) — EC-598
2 (M/T) — (M/T)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Flashing*6 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-599
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-599
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-603
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-603

P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 (A/T)*7 or (M/T) × EC-605

2 (A/T)

P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 (A/T)*7 or (M/T) × EC-605

2 (A/T)
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-607
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-607
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) × 2 × EC-609
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) × 2 × EC-613
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) × 2 × EC-618
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) × 2 × EC-622
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-624
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-628
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) × 2 × EC-634
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-636
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-640
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-644
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-644

P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 2 × (A/T)*7 or (M/T) EC-646

— (A/T)

P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 2 × (A/T)*7 or (M/T) EC-646

— (A/T)

EC-530
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

DTC*1 Items SRT Reference

Trip MI
CONSULT-III*2
ECM*3 (CONSULT-III screen terms) code*4 page

P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-727

P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-729
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When engine is running, MI may flash. For the details, refer to EC-509, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
*7: For Australia.
*8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000006879402

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

EC-532
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006882507
EC
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-22, "Model Variation") to confirm the service information in EC section.

Engine control Destination Transmission C

General areas [Thai production models (except for Thailand)] A/T
TYPE A
India M/T
D
Australia and New Zealand A/T, M/T
TYPE B
General areas (India production models) A/T, M/T
E
TYPE A

EC-539
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005886485

JCBWM2144GB

EC-540
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

EC

JCBWM2155GB

TYPE B P

EC-551
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006882534

JCBWM2483GB

EC-552
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000005886486

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JMBIA0078GB

DETAILED FLOW

EC-564
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unneces-
sary DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-512, "CONSULT-III A
Function".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PAT-
TERN” in EC-581, "Description". (SRT is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.)
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnec-
EC
essary DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-509, "On Board Diag-
nosis Function".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING
PATTERN” in EC-581, "Description". (SRT is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.)
C
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000005886487

DESCRIPTION D
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is E
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE F
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. G
SEF907L

EC-567
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC-568
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006036892

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006036893

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS C
Refer to SEC-72, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-230, "ECM : Work Procedure"
(Without intelligent key system).
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING E
Refer to EC-570, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 3. F
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-571, "Work Procedure". G

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H

Refer to EC-572, "Work Procedure".

I
>> END

EC-569
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006036894

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006036895

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

EC-570
 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006036896

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006036897

1.START D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

I
>> END

EC-571
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006036898

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006036899

1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-570, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-571, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-570, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-571, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-572
 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000006036902

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005886497

1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
6. Check DTC. Make sure DTC P0107 is detected.
7. Erase the DTC P0107.

>> END

EC-574
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000005886498

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature

G
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U
J

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load. K
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or ECM
[Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)].
Is any DTC detected?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
M

SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE N
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

O
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P

EC-575
 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006036949

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST: KV10120000] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
M
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp N

CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-46, "FOR THAILAND PRODUCTION MODELS :
Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

EC-579
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006879403

OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT Item C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item Performance Corresponding D

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority* DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0132 E
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0134
F
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138 G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146
H
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
HO2S HTR 1
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141 I
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE),
one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III.
J
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE

EC-581
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

JSBIA0399GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006879404

CAUTION:

EC-582
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions,
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006879405

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-530, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT STATUS MODE” with EC-509, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-581, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-530, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-581, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-582, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-519, "Reference Value".

EC-584
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000006045694

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following two items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006045695

1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- For A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF
TEMP SE 1” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- For M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-575, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END
NO >> Go to EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-586
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006045696

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
PBIB2384E

EC-587
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

PBIB3213E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-586, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:

EC-588
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037299

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

Location Fuse No. Capacity

#49 20 A
IPDM E/R
#51 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
75
E16
80 Ground Existed
F8 4
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ −
Connector Voltage
Terminal
E16 61 80 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-594
 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005886504

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886505
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000* communication signal of OBD (emission-related di-
F
agnosis) for 2 seconds or more. Harness or connectors
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN shorted)
U1001 communication signal other than OBD (emission
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. G
*: With A/T models only.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-597, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886506

K
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
L

EC-597
 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000005888312

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005888313

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
U1010 CAN communication bus • ECM
of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-598, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005888314

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-598, "DTC Logic".
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-776, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-598
 P0107, P0108 MAP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0107, P0108 MAP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037309

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
[Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sen-
sor circuit is open or shorted.]
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.] D
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
Manifold absolute pressure An excessively low voltage from the sensor shorted.)
P0107
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
E
is shorted.)
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sen-
sor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Harness or connectors
[Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sen-
G
sor circuit is open or shorted.]
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.] H
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
Manifold absolute pressure An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0108 (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
is shorted.) I
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sen-
sor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor J
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is DTC 1st trip detected?
YES >> Go to EC-599, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006044842

P
1.CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor (MAP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAP sensor harness connector and ground.

EC-599
 P0107, P0108 MAP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

MAP sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 4 F8 28 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAP SENSOR INTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between MAP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAP sensor ECM

Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 1 F8 30 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
8.CHECK MAP SENSOR
Check map sensor. Refer to EC-601, "Component Inspection". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace MAP sensor. Replace MAP sensor. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View". I
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
J

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006044845 K

1.CHECK MAP SENSOR-I

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. M

ECM
+ − N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F8 30 F8 28
O
NOTE:
• To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine
is stopped.
P
• Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric
pressure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.

EC-601
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458416

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
P0112 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-603, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458417 I

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness con- J
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAP sensor harness connector and ground. K

MAP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal L
F71 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. O

MAP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
F71 4 F8 28 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-603
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace MAP sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded
View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006458418

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between MAP sensor terminals as follows.

Terminals Condition Resistance

3 and 4 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace MAP sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded
View".

EC-604
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037333

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
P0117 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-605, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037334 I

1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
K
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
F28 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
ECT sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
F28 2 F8 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-605
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-606, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-28, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037335

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73 kΩ
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
CO-28, "Exploded View".

EC-606
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037336

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P1229, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-715, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037337

K
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator M

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 20 Existed

EC-607
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 3 F8 22 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037338

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-571, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

21 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Accelerator
F8 20
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
22
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".

EC-608
 P0132 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0132 HO2S1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886524

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 is not inordinately high.
• With Australia and New Zealand
C

SEF301UA

F
• Without Australia and New Zealand

I
PBIB1848E

J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0132 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) K
high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

L
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. O
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC is detected?
YES >> Go to EC-609, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886525

1.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

EC-609
 P0132 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886526

A
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
EC
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. E
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.
6. Check the following.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds. F
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once. G
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.

SEF217YA

JMBIA0352ZZ

Is the inspection result normal? L

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
M
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM O
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V more P
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
Engine speed held at • The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
33
F8 35 2,000 rpm constant • The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
(HO2S1 signal)
under no load. • The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-611
 P0133 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0133 HO2S1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843897

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback C
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
D

E
PBIB2991E

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) G
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • The response of the voltage signal from the • Fuel injector
P0133 H
circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. • Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
sensor I

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START J

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
O
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode P
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.

EC-613
 P0133 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 2,500 - 3,600 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on COUSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-614, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843898

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0
33 V more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
F8 (HO2S1 35 1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
constant under no load.
signal) 2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843899

1.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-614
 P0133 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HO2S1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F27 4 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 33 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Check manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to EC-601, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
8.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-775, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Check heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EC-616, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006880042

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.

EC-616
 P0134 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0134 HO2S1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886527

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approx. 0.3 V.
Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within
200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that
this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
P0134 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3 V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-618
 P0134 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

ENG SPEED • 1,300 - 3,600 rpm A

(For Australia and New Zealand with A/T)
• 1,200 - 3,100 rpm
(Except for Australia and New Zealand with A/T)
EC
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL • 2.0 - 12.7 msec
(For Australia and New Zealand with A/T)
C
• 2.0 - 10.0 msec
(For Australia and New Zealand with M/T)
• 2.0 - 12.0 msec
(Except for Australia and New Zealand with A/T) D
• 2.0 - 9.2 msec
(Except for Australia and New Zealand with M/T)
Selector lever Suitable position
E
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on COUSULT-III screen? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-619, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK G
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-619, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this H
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Go to EC-619, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886528
J
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.
L
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal M
33 Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant • The voltage dose not remain in the range
F8 35
(HO2S1 signal) under no load. of 0.2 to 0.4 V.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-619, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886529

1.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-619
 P0134 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F27 1 F8 35 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F27 4 F8 33 Existed
2. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector 49 or HO2S1 harness connector and ground.

HO2S1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F27 4 Ground Not existed

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 33 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Check heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EC-620, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006071730

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

EC-620
 P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458642

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0135
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458643

1.CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S1 harness connector and ground.

HO2S1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F27 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 20 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
3.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-622
 P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HO2S1 ECM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F27 3 F8 5 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
D
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-623, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006458644

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows. I

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω J
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View". L

EC-623
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0138 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006046437

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time.
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel cut.

PBIB1848E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0138 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006046438

1.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-624
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

2.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM EC
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F8 34 Existed
C
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Continuity D
Connector Terminal
E31 4 Ground Not existed
E
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F
F8 34 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER H

Check connectors for water.

I
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-625, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". M

>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006046439

1.INSPECTION START O
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-625
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0139 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843901

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut.

SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
EC-628
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-630, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843902

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 A change of voltage should be more than
F8 36 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 4th gear A change of voltage should be more than
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) position 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-630, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843903

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-574, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

EC-630
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-636, "DTC Logic" or EC-640,
"DTC Logic". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. C

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F8 36 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
E31 4 F8 34 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
I
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
E31 4 Ground Not existed

ECM K
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 34 Ground Not existed
L
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". O

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006880451

P
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
EC-631
 P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458645

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit
P0141 2 heater control circuit
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM is open or shorted.)
low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458646

1.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E31 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 20 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-634
 P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 3 F8 9 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER
D
Check HO2S2 heater. Refer to EC-635, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006458647

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. I

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω J
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View". L

EC-635
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843905

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Intake air leaks
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Exhaust gas leaks
Fuel injection system too
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Incorrect fuel pressure
lean
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) • Lack of fuel
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-574, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-637, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-637, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.

EC-636
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
EC
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), D
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). E
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-637, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END G

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843906

H
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). I

SEC502D
L
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. N
Intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-637
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843907

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
rich • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-574, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-641, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-641, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-640
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
C
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
D
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. E
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-641, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843908

G
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). H

SEC502D K
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. M
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. N
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. O
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F27 4 F8 33 Existed
5. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and
ground.

EC-641
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037345

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P1229, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-715, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-644, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037346

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 20 Existed

EC-644
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
C

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
F29 2 F8 21 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-645, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006071731
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
3. Perform EC-571, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) 1st (M/T) position. L
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM M
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
N
21 Fully released More than 0.36 V
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Accelerator
F8 20
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
22 O
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".

EC-645
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458648

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 30 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-646
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
D
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
E
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
F
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 20 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes G
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 7 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458649

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE J

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection. K
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. N
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III O
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine and let engine idle.

EC-647
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0327, P0328 KS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037349

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327 • Harness or connectors
input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0328
high input sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-652, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037350

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 2 F8 23 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F8 25 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-652
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR A

Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-653, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. EC
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037351

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. F
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
G
Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
H
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".

EC-653
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037352

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The crankshaft position sensor [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
(POS) signal is not detected by the open or shorted.]
ECM during the first few seconds of [Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor cir-
engine cranking. cuit is shorted.]
• The proper pulse signal from the (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Crankshaft position sensor
P0335 crankshaft position sensor (POS) is (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is
(POS) circuit
not sent to ECM while the engine is shorted.)
running. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor • Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
(POS) signal is not in the normal • Refrigerant pressure sensor
pattern during engine running. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-654, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037353

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.

CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F20 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-654
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 3 F8 37 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-656, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-126, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace the drive plate (A/T models) or flywheel (M/T models). Refer to EM-126, "Exploded
View".
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037354

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
126, "Exploded View".

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (−)
1 (+) - 3 (−) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (−)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC-656
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037355

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-
715, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Camshaft (INT)
(PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Starter motor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-658, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-658, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037356

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system.
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.

EC-658
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037357

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to
EM-58, "Exploded View".

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (−)
1 (+) - 3 (−) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (−)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".

EC-660
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843909

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YF

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube G
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
P0420 • Fuel injector
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity. H
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
J
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
M
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
N
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. O
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). P
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?

EC-661
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.

>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-662, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843910

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Specification
Connector
+ −
33 Keeping engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant The voltage switch periodically more than 5
F8 35
(HO2S1 signal) under no load times within 10 seconds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Refer to EC-613, "DTC Logic".
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Without CONSULT-III
1. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals and ground.
2. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low) HO2S2 voltage is very less than that of
HO2S1 voltage under the following condition.

EC-662
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

ECM A
Terminal Condition Specification
Connector
+ −
EC
33 Switching frequency ratio (A/B) : Less than
35
(HO2S1 signal) 0.75
Keeping engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant A : Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching
F8
34 under no load frequency C
36 B : Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching
(HO2S2 signal)
frequency
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> If the ratio is greater than above (0.75), it means three way catalyst does not operate properly.
Refer to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843911

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM F

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK H
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
I

SEC502D

Is exhaust gas leak detected? L

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK M
Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
N
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED O
Check the following items. Refer to EC-575, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-778, "Ignition Timing"
For specification, refer to EC-778, "Idle Speed". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-575, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-663
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458650

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-666, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458651

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F32 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F32 2 F8 13 Existed

EC-666
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III C
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening. D
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-667, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded G
View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

I
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006458652

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. L
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions. M

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B) N
100% Existed
0% Not existed
O
JSBIA0521ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

EC-667
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0500 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006458653

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458654 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1001. Refer to EC-597, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
E
EC-598, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle
• Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) G
when vehicle is being driven.
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? I
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K

>> GO TO 3.
L
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a M
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine. N
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-670, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-669
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

A/T: 2,100 - 6,000 rpm

ENG SPEED
M/T: 2,300 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
A/T: 5.0 - 31.8 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL
M/T: 4.3 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Except P or N position (A/T)
Except Neutral position (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-670, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-670, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006458655

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Check vehicle speed of speedometer.
The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-670, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458656

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-670
 P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006458657

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458658

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Idle speed control system The idle speed is less than the target idle • Electric throttle control actuator G
P0506
RPM lower than expected speed by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-572, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION: J
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458659

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK O

1. Start engine and let it idle.

2. Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
P
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-776, "Removal and Installation".

EC-671
 P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000006458660

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006458661

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Electric throttle control actuator
Idle speed control system The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 • Intake air leak
RPM higher than expected speed by 200 rpm or more.
• PCV system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-572, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-672, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006458662

1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.

EC-672
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P0605 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886549

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886550

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-674, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-776, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-674
 P1065 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1065 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886552

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT ECM back up RAM system does not [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or
P1065
(ECM power supply circuit) function properly. shorted.] D
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to EC-675, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886553

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
L

ECM
+ – Ground Voltage M
Connector
Terminal
E16 49 80 Ground Battery voltage
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse for blown. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-675
 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886557

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Electric throttle control
P1121 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B) D
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds. H
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
6. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-677, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. L
2. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-677, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886558

O
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the air duct Refer to EM-32, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View". P

EC-677
 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886561

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer
to EC-677, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1126. Refer
to EC-682, "DTC Logic".
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P1122 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
• Electric throttle control actuator
E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-679, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886562

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
M
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F8 2 E16 80
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2. P

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-679
 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. A

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
1 Not existed
5
3 Existed
F29 F8 C
1 Existed
6
3 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. E
8.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-32, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View". F
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
G
: Vehicle front

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 9. H
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-571, "Work Proce-
dure". I
JSBIA0341ZZ

9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-681, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
K
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886563

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR N

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.
O

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".

EC-681
 P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886566

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor relay ECM detect the throttle control motor relay
P1124 (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
circuit short is stuck ON.
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor relay ECM detects a voltage of power source for
P1126 (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
• Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P1124 >> GO TO 2.
P1126 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-682, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-682, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886567

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F115 68 F8 11 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-682
 P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886568

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P1128
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-684, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886569

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Not existed
5
3 Existed
F29 F8
1 Existed
6
3 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-685, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-684
 P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View". A
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005888562
EC
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. C
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] D

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
F
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-571, "Work Procedure".
G
>> INSPECTION END

EC-685
 P1143 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1143 HO2S1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843912

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF300U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
P1143 • Fuel pressure
lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-686
 P1143 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

ENG SPEED A/T: 1,000 - 3,600 rpm A

M/T: 1,300 - 3,600 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL A/T: 3.3 - 12.7 msec EC
M/T: 2.0 - 9.7 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
C
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-687, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-687, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this F
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Go to EC-687, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843913

H
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

J
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ − K
33
Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant • The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
F8 (HO2S1 35
under no load • The minimum voltage is over 0.1 V at least 1 time.
signal)
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-687, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843914

1.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 N

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

O
>> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-574, "Work Procedure". P
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-636, "DTC Logic".
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
EC-687
 P1143 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-623, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Check heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EC-688, "Component Inspection".

YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006880624

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.
6. Check the following.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.

SEF217YA

JMBIA0352ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

EC-688
 P1144 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1144 HO2S1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843916

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF299U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1144
rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-690
 P1144 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

ENG SPEED A/T: 1,000 - 3,600 rpm A

M/T: 1,300 - 3,600 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL A/T: 3.3 - 12.7 msec EC
M/T: 2.0 - 9.7 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
C
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-691, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this F
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843917

H
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

J
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ − K
33
Engine speed is held at 2,000 rpm constant • The maximum voltage is over 0.8 V at least 1 time.
F8 (HO2S1 35
under no load • The minimum voltage is over 0.35 V at least 1 time.
signal)
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843918

1.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 N

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

O
>> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-574, "Work Procedure". P
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected or difficult to start engine?

Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-640, "DTC Logic".
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
EC-691
 P1144 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-623, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Check heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EC-692, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006880697

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.
6. Check the following.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.

SEF217YA

JMBIA0352ZZ

EC-692
 P1146 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1146 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843920

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel
cut.

PBIB0554E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are
completed.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform ″DTC WORK SUPPORT″ at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-694
 P1146 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NO >> Go to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843921

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least once during
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) load at least 10 times this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least
F8 36 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 4th gear The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) position once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843922

1.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-574, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-640, "DTC Logic".

EC-696
 P1146 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
EC
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
C
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F8 36 Existed D
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F8 34 Existed
H
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
E31 4 Ground Not existed
J
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
F8 34 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M

Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006880738 O

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? P
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III

EC-697
 P1147 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1147 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843924

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time.
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel cut.

SEF259VA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are
completed.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-700
 P1147 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NO >> Go to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006843925

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) 10 times once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F8 36 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
34 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 4th gear The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) position once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843926

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.

EC-702
 P1147 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E31 1 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F8 34 Existed
G

2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
H
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E31 4 Ground Not existed I

ECM
Ground Continuity J
Connector Terminal
F8 34 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water. M

Water should not exist.

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 O
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-703, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006880759

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?

EC-703
 P1171 INTAKE ERROR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1171 INTAKE ERROR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006044874

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit is open or
A high voltage from the sensor is
shorted.)
P1171 Intake error sent to ECM under light load driving
• Manifold absolute pressure
condition.
• Intake air leaks
• Vacuum hoses

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006044875

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAP sensor harness connector and ground.

MAP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F71 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-706
 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006843929

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-597, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-598, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212 TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006843930

Perform trouble diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-168, "Work Flow".

EC-708
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037372

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-597, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-598, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. D
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) F
(Overheat). • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
• Cooling fan system does not operate • Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 G
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the • Radiator
system using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
H
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-14, "Refilling". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Refilling". I
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-21, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-709, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might L
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Go to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037373

N
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
WARNING:
O
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. P

EC-709
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Go to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT-III “ACTIVE TEST”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-14, "Diagnosis
Description" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-58, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037374

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT-III “ACTIVE TEST”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-14, "Diagnosis
Description" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-58, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-732, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-13, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.

EC-710
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037375

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is excessively • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-713, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037376

J
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-32, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View". K
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
L
: Vehicle front

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM- M
36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve N
closed position learning. Refer to EC-571, "Work Proce-
JSBIA0341ZZ
dure".

EC-713
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037378

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037379

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-32, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.

: Vehicle front

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-571, "Work Proce-
JSBIA0341ZZ
dure".

EC-714
 P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886587

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
ECM detects a voltage of power (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply
P1229 source for sensor is excessively low [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] D
circuit short
or high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886588

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. L

APP sensor
Ground Voltage M
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

P
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
E16 74 APP sensor E110 4
44 Electric throttle control actuator F29 1
F8
43 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-715
 P1706 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000005886589

When the selector lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral position (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) signal is EC
ON.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005886590

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is [The park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is
Park/neutral position
P1706 not changed in the process of engine open or shorted.] E
signal
starting and driving. • Transmission range switch (A/T models)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? G
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 3.
J
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
L
Selector lever position Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T) M
Except above position OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
P
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 1,500 - 6,375 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 31.8 msec

EC-717
 P1706 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-718, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886591

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P or N (A/T),
Battery volt-
Neutral po-
45 Selector le- age
F8 E16 80 sition (M/T)
(PNP signal) ver
Except
Approx. 0 V
above
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886592

1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T) OR PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH (M/T)
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch (A/T) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch (A/T) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector and
ground.

Transmission range switch (A/T)

PNP switch (M/T) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F21 (A/T) 7
Ground Battery voltage
F22 (M/T) 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
EC-718
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037381

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
P1805 Brake switch for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
driving. • Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-720, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037382

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E114 (M/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E115 (A/T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 10 A fuse (No. 38).
2. Check 10 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 10 A fuse.

EC-720
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC

ECM Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E114 (M/T)
E16 67 2 Existed
E115 (A/T)
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-721, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View". G
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". H

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

I
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037383

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
K
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
N
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-53, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-63, "Exploded View".

EC-721
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037385

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-715, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
P2122
sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 (APP sensor 1)
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037386

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 2 E16 79 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-722
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 3 E16 78 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-723, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View". G
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". H

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037387
I

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

J
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
K
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector L
Terminal Terminal

78 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

79
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V M
Accelerator
E16
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
71
72
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View". O

EC-723
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037389

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127
sensor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(MAP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 (APP sensor 2)
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• MAP sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-724, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037390

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-724
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006071732

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

78 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

79
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator
E16
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
71
72
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-726
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037393

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P1229, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC-
715, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector D
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-727, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037394

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. L

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage M
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. P

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 20 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-727
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 21
F29 F8 Existed
3 22
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-728, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-36, "TYPE 1 : Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006071733

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-571, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

21 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Accelerator
F8 20
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
22
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".

EC-728
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
P2138 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006037397

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-715, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector D
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor sent to ECM compared with (MAP sensor circuit is shorted.) E
P2138
circuit range/performance the signals from APP sensor 1 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
and APP sensor 2. (APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor F
• MAP sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Go to EC-729, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037398 L

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
N
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

EC-729
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.

APP sensor ECM C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 78
E110 E16 Existed
6 71 D

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR F
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-731, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. G
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006071736

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR J

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
L
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

78 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V M

79
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator
E16
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
71
72 N
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-731
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
COOLING FAN
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037456

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
NOTE:
The cooling fan operates at high speeds even when “LOW” is selected in CONSULT-III “ACTIVE TEST”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-14, "Diagnosis
Description" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-58, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-732, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037457

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
E11 31 E62 Existed
2
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.

Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
3
E62 Ground Existed
4
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91, "Exploded
View" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-732
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037458

A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector. EC
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.

Cooling fan motor C

+ − Operation
Connector
terminals terminals
D
1 4
E62 Cooling fan operates.
2 3
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
F

EC-733
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000006037459

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to
ECM through the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037460

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037461

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-734, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

EC-734
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886624

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canis-
ter side).
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode wit CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “Qu” and “Qd” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” and check vacuum existence
under the following conditions.

PURG VOL C/V Vacuum

100% Existed
0% Not existed

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canis-
ter side).
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 100 seconds.
4. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

Condition Vacuum
At idle Not existed
About 2,000 rpm Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-736, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886625

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-774, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F32 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC-736
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector. EC

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F32 2 F8 13 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III F
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var- G
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6. H
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-737, "Component Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
J
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded
View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886626

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. O

EC-737
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037462

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. E
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

Clicking noise should be heard.

G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H

I
PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037463

J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F37 1 M
2 F38 1 Ground Battery voltage
3 F39 1
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 10 A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 10 A fuse for blown. P
Check harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 10 A fuse.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-739
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F37 2 6
2 F38 2 F8 7 Existed
3 F39 2 8
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-740, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-46, "FOR THAILAND PRODUCTION MODELS
: Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91, "Exploded
View" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037464

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-46, "FOR THAILAND PRODUCTION MODELS
: Exploded View".

EC-740
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
FUEL PUMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006046395

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-741, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E

JSBIA0377ZZ

F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037615

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
I
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Battery volt- J
F8 16 E16 80
age
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
F8 16 F113 43 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

EC-741
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91, "Exploded
View" (WITHOUT I-KEY). A
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection (Fuel pump) INFOID:0000000006066590
EC
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)” harness connector. C
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)” terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
D

1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump)”
F

EC-743
 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
HO2S1
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886633

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “HO2S1 MNITOR (B1)” in ”DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the monitors fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more
than five times in 10 seconds.

1 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH

2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH

SEF217YA

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-509, "On Board
Diagnosis Function".
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.

SAT652J

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886634

1.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.

EC-744
 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
Check manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. Refer to EC-601, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. Refer to EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
7.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-775, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Check heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EC-746, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886635

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.
6. Check the following.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.

SEF217YA

EC-746
 HO2S1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
HO2S1 HEATER
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886636

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set tester prove between ECM harness connector and ground.
4. Start engine and let it idle.
5. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as shown below.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V

At idle
5
F8 80
(HO2S1 heater signal)

JMBIA0030GB

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-748, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886637

1.CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect HO2S1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S1 harness connector and ground.

HO2S1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F27 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
3.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-748
 HO2S1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F27 3 F8 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
4.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER
Check HO2S1 heater. Refer to EC-749, "Component Inspection".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
F
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886638
H

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
J
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω K
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
M

EC-749
 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
HO2S2
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886639

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
34 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage does not remain in the range of
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.2 - 0.4V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
34 The voltage does not remain in the range of
F8 36 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) 0.2 - 0.4V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
34 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear The voltage does not remain in the range of
F8 36
(HO2S2 signal) position 0.2 - 0.4V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886640

1.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-750
 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F8 36 Existed
EC
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F8 34 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. F

HO2S2
Ground Continuity G
Connector Terminal
E31 4 Ground Not existed

H
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 34 Ground Not existed
I

3. Also check harness for short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 K
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-751, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END N

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006037468

O
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT-III.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

EC-751
 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
HO2S2 HEATER
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886642

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HRATER FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage signal
Connector
Terminal Terminal

Approx. 10V

At idle
9
F8 80
(HO2S2 heater signal)

JMBIA0214GB

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: Above 3,900 rpm
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-754, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886643

1.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect HO2S2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E31 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 49) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-754
 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 3 F8 9 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER
D
Check HO2S2 heater. Refer to EC-755, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886644

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. I

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω J
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". L

EC-755
 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
IAT SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886645

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F8 31 28 Approx. 0 - 4.8 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-756, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886646

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness con-
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ground.

MAP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F71 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

MAP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 4 F8 28 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-757, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to
EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-756
 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
A
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005886647
EC

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor terminals as follows.
D
Terminals Condition Resistance
3 and 4 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to
EM-38, "TYPE 2 : Exploded View". F

EC-757
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037473

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.

ECM
+ − Voltage signal
Connector
Terminal Terminal
10
14

F8 80
15

JMBIA0219GB

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-758, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037474

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E16 73 80 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-594, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-758
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000006037475

A
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance C
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] D
2 and 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
F
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. G
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro- H
cedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. J
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
K
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion. L

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION: M
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge N

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- O
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000006037476

1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
EC-761
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037477

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037478

1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-597, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
G
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J

EC-763
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037479

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
29
F8 27 1.0 - 4.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-764, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006037480

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 1 F8 27 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.

EC-764
 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
VSS
Description INFOID:0000000006037485

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000005886657

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Lift up the vehicle.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “VHCL SPEED SE” indication when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.

“VHCL SPEED SE” indication should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH).

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-766, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Check vehicle speed of speedometer.
The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-766, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005886658

1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check DTC with “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-766
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000005886659
EC

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
F

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-741
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-579 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-739
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-774
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-775
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-772
K
EC-677
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-679
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-773
L
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-758
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-594
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor cir- M
2 EC-599
cuit 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-605
3 EC-609 N
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-618
EC-607
EC-644 O
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-713
EC-714
2 2 EC-727
P
EC-722
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-724
EC-729
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-652
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-654
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-658

EC-767
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-766
EC-674
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-675
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-717
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-764
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-734
HAC-52
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-133
HAC-179
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-55
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

EC-768
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006037486

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-492,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D

EC-771
 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000005886661

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
Without CONSULT-III
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the high-tension wire which installed
between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-772
 IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
IGNITION TIMING
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006037487

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire (1) as shown.

: Vehicle front C

E
JSBIA0378ZZ

2. Check ignition timing. F

1 : Timing indicator
G
>> INSPECTION END

MBIB1331E
I

EC-773
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Inspection INFOID:0000000006037488

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).

JSBIA0335ZZ

3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF989X

b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EC-774
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006037489

1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-58, "Exploded View".

E
PBIB1589E

EC-775
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006037491

JSBIA0468ZZ

1. ECM bracket 2. ECM

: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006037492

REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-284, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Exploded
View".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (WITH I-KEY) or PCS-91, "Exploded View"
(WITHOUT I-KEY).
3. Remove IPDM E/R cover (1).

A : mounting nut
B : mounting bolts

JSBIA0473ZZ

4. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.

5. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
6. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-569, "Work Procedure".

EC-776
 EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]
EVAP CANISTER
A
Hydraulic Layout INFOID:0000000006037493

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING EC

JPBIA3282ZZ
N

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister

solenoid valve O
: Vehicle front

NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. P

EC-777
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006037495

Transmission Condition Specification

A/T No load* (in P or N position) 750 ± 50 rpm (Except for India)
860 ± 50 rpm (For India)
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000006037496

Transmission Condition Specification

A/T No load* (in P or N position) 9 ± 2°BTDC

M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 12 ± 2°BTDC

*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000006880797

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST)

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%

Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006880798

Supply voltage Approximately 5.0V

Output voltage at idle 1.3 – 1.5 V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

EC-778
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR15DE]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006428794

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
F
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the H
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006428795
J
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
K

M
PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000006225037

N
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: O
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up. P
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-8, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
EC-779
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR15DE]
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006225038

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

• Do not disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)

PBIB2947E

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-780
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR15DE]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000006225039
EC

Tool number
Description C
Tool name
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
D

E
PBIB3043E

KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter F

JSBIA0410ZZ
H
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000006225040

I
Tool name Description
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti- J
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita- K
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

L
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica- M
tion MIL-A-907)

N
S-NT779

EC-783
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006226640

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

JSBIA0563ZZ

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator (with 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
temperature sensor) built in throttle position sensor and solenoid valve
throttle control motor)
4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Cooling fan motor 6. ECM
Refer to HAC-108, "Component Part
Location".
7. IPDM E/R
Refer to PCS-52, "Component Parts
Location".

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

EC-784
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

EC

I
JSBIA0564ZZ

1. PCV valve 2. Fuel injector No.1 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve J
4. Fuel injector No.2 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Knock sensor
7. Fuel injector No.4 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Engine coolant temperature sensor
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 12. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis- K
tor) tor) tor)
13. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- 14. Engine oil temperature sensor* 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
tor) L
A. Under water inlet B. Right side of engine rear

*: Not used for engine control system.

M
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT

EC-785
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

JSBIA0565ZZ

1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2

BODY COMPARTMENT

EC-786
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

EC

I
JSBIA0566ZZ

1. Fuel pump (with fuel level sensor unit 2. EVAP canister 3. Stop lamp switch
and fuel pressure regulator) J
Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts Lo-
cation".
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor K
A. Left side of engine room B. Periphery of pedals

Component Description INFOID:0000000006225042

L

Component Reference
M
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-788, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-788, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-789, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)" N
Cooling fan motor EC-788, "Cooling Fan"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-789, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-790, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor" O
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-790, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
EPS control unit STC-10, "EPS Control Unit"
P
Fuel injector EC-790, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel pump EC-791, "Fuel Pump"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC-791, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater EC-791, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-792, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-792, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater"

EC-787
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Component Reference
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-792, "Ignition Coil"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-793, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-793, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Knock sensor EC-793, "Knock Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor EC-794, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
PCV valve EC-796, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-794, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Stop lamp switch EC-794, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Throttle control motor EC-794, "Throttle Control Motor"
Throttle control motor relay EC-794, "Throttle Control Motor Relay"
Throttle position sensor EC-795, "Throttle Position Sensor"

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006225043

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000006225044

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIA9209J
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0714GB

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000006225045

Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.

EC-788
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Refer to EC-805, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
A
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000006225046

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu-
tion.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIA9209J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of E
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
F

H
JMBIA0714GB

ECM INFOID:0000000006225047 I

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
J

PBIA9222J

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000006225048

M

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. N
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
O

EC-789
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006225049

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 38
(Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transis-
tor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006225050

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

PBIA9215J

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006225051

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

PBIA9664J

EC-790
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006225052

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay EC
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump

*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. C
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the D
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
E
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops. G

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006225053

H
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from I
approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. J
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0
V.

K
SEF463R

SEF288D
O

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000006225054

P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

EC-791
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006225055

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000006225056

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,900 rpm OFF
Below 3,900 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000006225057

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.

EC-792
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006225058

A
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM. EC
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
C

D
PBIA9559J

<Reference data> E

Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 F
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 46
G
(Intake air temperature sensor signal) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM SEF012P H
terminals, such as the ground.

Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006225059

I
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil J
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. K
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. L

PBIB1842E

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000006225060 M

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM. N

Malfunction Indicator INFOID:0000000006225061

O
The Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the combination meter.
The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MI should go off. If the MI remains P
on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system
malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-816, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator (MI)".

SAT652J

EC-793
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000006225062

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006225064

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB2657E

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006225065

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000006225066

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
Throttle Control Motor Relay INFOID:0000000006225067

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.

EC-794
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006225068

A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement. EC
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- C
nals and controls the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
D
PBIB0145E

EC-795
 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000006417971

PBIB2962E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

EC-796
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225069
EC

JSBIA0070GB

EC-797
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006225070

ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000006225071

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-1067, "Com-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the ponent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check"
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.

DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.

EC-798
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
A
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. EC
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a C
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range. D
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal E
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. F
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
G
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225072 H

JSBIA0762GB

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006225073

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-799
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal (M/T models) Fuel injection &
PNP signal Fuel injector
mixture ratio control
Transmission range switch (A/T models)
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

EPS control unit EPS operation signal*3

Combination meter Vehicle speed*3

A/C ON signal*3
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*3
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*3: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation

EC-800
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A

EC

PBIB2953E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated
oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-791, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the E
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching F
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
G
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation H
- Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature I
- During warm-up
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL J
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic K
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between L
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
M
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean. N
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
O

EC-801
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225074

JSBIA0763GB

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006225075

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-802
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Throttle position sensor Throttle position C
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Ignition timing
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
control
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal (M/T models)
PNP signal
Transmission range switch (A/T models) D
Battery Battery voltage*1
Knock sensor Engine knocking E
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. F

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 G
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. H
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting I
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration J
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. K
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
L

EC-803
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225076

JSBIA0320GB

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006225077

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
IPDM E/R
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓
A/C compressor
Air conditioner relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure request signal
↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor

Combination meter Vehicle speed*2

A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan ON signal*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-804
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006225078

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. D
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225079
E

J
JSBIA0321GB

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006225080

K

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

L
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
M
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Cooling fan speed request signal Cooling fan relay
Battery Battery voltage*1 N
↓
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan motor

BCM A/C ON signal*2 O

Blower fan ON signal
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

EC-805
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Cooling Fan Operation

JSBIA0077GB

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225081

JSBIA0764GB

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006225082

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-806
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) C
purge flow control control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
D
Battery Battery voltage*1
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
E
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F

K
PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the L
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the M
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.
N
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL

EC-807
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006225083

JSBIA0079GB

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006225084

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve timing control
Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature solenoid valve

Combination meter Vehicle speed*

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

MBIB1560E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.

EC-808
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006428781

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
(MI) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diagnostic tool
(GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000006428782

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-809, "Diag- D
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E

EC-809
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000006428783

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MI DTC 1st trip DTC

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminated Blinking Illuminated displaying displaying displaying displaying

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-837, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000006428784

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, the
DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive
trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips,
only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the 1st trip,
the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-837, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-873, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

EC-810
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000006428785

H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MI (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC-811
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

JMBIA1060GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-814, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

EC-812
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-814, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". A
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
EC
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
C
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Qual-
ity Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
D

JMBIA1061GB

EC-813
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-814, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-814, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006428786

DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (68°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1 ±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

EC-814
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F). A
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
EC
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C. C
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000006428787
D

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of E
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. F
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. G
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- H
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the I
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
J
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING K
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
L
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis M
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
N
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) O
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
P
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

EC-815
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG
(Consecutive NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator (MI) INFOID:0000000006428788

• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MI: ON/blink) the signal received from the exhaust
emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC that
affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp sig-
nal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MI, according to the
signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunction
detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MI ON/Blink is stored (Control mod-
SAT652J
ule varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MI illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MI circuit if MI does not illuminate. Refer to EC-1067, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
NOTE:
If MI remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006428789

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

EC-816
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
A
Diagnostic test mode Function
Bulb check MI can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set. EC
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MI to inform the driver that a malfunction has been
detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
C

Accelerator pedal released ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-878, "Description".
position learning
D
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-879, "Description".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-880, "Description".
E
Mixture ratio self-learning Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-882, "Description".
value clear

BULB CHECK MODE F

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MI bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
G
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. H
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-1067, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
I
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-815, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
J
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow. K
• ECM continues to illuminate MI if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MI for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
L

JMBIA1515GB

MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description

EC-817
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MI when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system compo-
nents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MI illuminates.
If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-1067, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MI when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MI when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MI is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This blinking is
displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.

PBIB0092E

How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs

EC-818
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using
the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A

EC

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
J
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
K
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
function. Refer to EC-837, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as N
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
O
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values P
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-819
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006428790

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active Test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-837, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item* Description

• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
DTC RESULTS
(Refer to EC-837, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

EC-820
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Freeze frame data item* Description
A
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule than short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base
fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. C
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
D
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. E
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control F
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE G

Monitored Item
H
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
I
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain J
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
K
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
L
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”. M
• This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant tempera-
N
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by ture sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed. O
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
HO2S1 (B1) V
the heated oxygen sensor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 P
HO2S2 (B1) V
is displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during • After turning ON the ignition switch,
air-fuel ratio feedback control: ″RICH″ is displayed until air-fuel mix-
RICH: means the mixture became ″rich″, and ture ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN
control is being affected toward a leaner mixture. • When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: means the mixture became ″lean″, and clamped, the value just before the
control is being affected toward a rich mixture. clamping is displayed continuously.

EC-821
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL(B1) ing to the input signals) is indicated.
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value EC
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
C
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals. D
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals. E
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals).
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
F
OFF: Stop
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 1 heater determined by ECM according to G
the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to H
the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
input speed sensor signal.
I
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn- J
ing
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already K
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MI is activated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu- L
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen- M
sor) is indicated.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
N
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
O2SEN HTR DTY %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases. O
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) INCMP/CMPLT
The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F SEN1 NOTE: P
INCMP/CMPLT
DIAG2(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item

EC-823
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original trouble • Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
ENG COOLANT TEMP
• Change the engine coolant tempera- see CHECK ITEM. sensor
ture using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
• Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears,
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection see CHECK ITEM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge
to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
volume control solenoid valve open-
ing percent using CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and Fuel pump relay makes the oper- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY
“OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen ating sound. • Fuel pump relay
to operating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
“OFF” CONSULT-III. • Cooling fan motor
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
condition
If trouble symptom disappears, • Perform Idle Air Volume
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
see CHECK ITEM. Learning.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
• Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears,
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control
• Change intake valve timing using see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
• Harness and connectors
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Select lever: P or N position (A/T), Engine runs rough or dies.
• Power transistor
Neutral position (M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one
• Ignition coil
at a time using CONSULT-III.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN When learning the idle air volume
THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING When releasing fuel pressure
IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE When clearing mixture ratio self-
RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. learning value
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition
timing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode

EC-824
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE]
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. A
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
EC
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page

C
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 P0133 EC-927, "DTC Logic"
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 P0134 EC-932, "DTC Logic"
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 P1143 EC-1003, "DTC Logic" D
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 P1144 EC-1007, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-942, "DTC Logic"
E
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P1146 EC-1011, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P1147 EC-1017, "DTC Logic"

EC-825
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006225090

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
*Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the
specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING
monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and
other ignition timing related sensors.

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-894, "Component Function Check".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-894, "Component Function Check".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-894, "Component Function Check".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
or 1st (M/T)
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off

EC-826
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
On
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above Off
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON On
Engine coolant temperature is 95°C
Off
(203°F) or less
• Engine: After warning up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
95°C (203°F) and 99°C (210°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more
• Engine: After warming up
On
HO2S1 HTR (B1) • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off
• Engine speed: Below 3,900 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MI has turned 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
Selector lever position: P or N (A/T) or
On
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T)
Selector lever: Except above Off
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture.
• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2 SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) —
The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 NOTE:
—
(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
TERMINAL LAYOUT

PBIA9221J

EC-828
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]
PHYSICAL VALUES
A
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with EC
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM C
and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact. D
• Specification data are reference values and are measured
between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
JMBIA0029ZZ E
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output F
2.6 V

[Ignition switch: ON] G

1 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
H

JMBIA0213GB

2 108 Throttle control motor pow- BATTERY VOLTAGE I

Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L/W) (B) er supply (11 - 14 V)

2.9 - 8.8 V
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
3 108 Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Idle speed
Output K
(G) (B) heater

JMBIA0030GB

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE L

• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14 V)

1.8 V
M
[Ignition switch: ON]
4 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Selector lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released N

JMBIA0215GB

EC-829
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V EC
110 111 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(SB) (R) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V C
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor ground
111
— (Accelerator pedal position — — — D
(R)
sensor 1)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: For China E
*2: Except for China
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000006225091

F
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
G
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MI when there is malfunction on engine control H
circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-1067, "Com-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the ponent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by Check" I
means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
J
DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode K
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. L
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
M
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) N
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time) O
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in P
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-835
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will
not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006225092

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

EC-836
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]

Priority DTC Detected items A

U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
U1010 CAN communication
EC
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor C
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
1 P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
E
P0605 ECM
P1229 Sensor power supply
P1610 - P1615 NATS F
P1706 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
G
P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0135 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 H
P0141 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
I
P1065 ECM
2
P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1122 Electric throttle control function J
P1124, P1126 Throttle control motor relay
P1128 Throttle control motor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) K
P1805 Brake switch
P0011 Intake valve timing control
L
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
3 P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function M
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006225093 N

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1 Items Test value/ O

Reference
CONSULT-III (CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MI
page
ECM*3 terms) (GST only)
GST*2
×
P
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — — 1 EC-905

U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — — 2 — EC-905

2 (M/T) — (M/T)
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) — — EC-906
1 (A/T) × (A/T)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — Flashing —
MAY BE REQUIRED.

EC-837
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE]

DTC*1 Items Test value/

Reference A
CONSULT-III (CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MI
page
ECM*3 terms) (GST only)
GST*2
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) × × 2 × EC-1011 EC
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) × × 2 × EC-1017
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — — 1 × EC-1023
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — — 2 — EC-1027 C
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — — 2 — EC-1029
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1031
D
SEC-74
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — — 2 —
SEC-232
SEC-75 E
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — — 2 —
SEC-233
SEC-77
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — — 2 —
SEC-235
F
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — — 2 — SEC-236
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — — 2 × EC-1033
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — — 2 — EC-1036 G
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1038
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1038
H
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1041
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — — 1 × EC-1041
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — — 1 × EC-1045 I
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — — 1 × EC-1048
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. J
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis- K
played on CONSULT-III screen.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000006419943

L
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
M
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the N
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

EC-839
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR15DE]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006882510

TYPE A For China

TYPE B Except for China

TYPE A

EC-846
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR15DE]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006225096

EC

JCBWM2156GB
P

EC-847
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR15DE]

EC

JCBWM2168GB

TYPE B P

EC-859
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR15DE]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006882511

JCBWM2495GB

EC-860
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006225098
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JMBIA0078GB

DETAILED FLOW

EC-873
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006225099

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC-876
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006225100

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225101

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS C
Refer to SEC-72, "ECM : Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system) or SEC-230, "ECM : Work Procedure"
(Without intelligent key system).
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING E
Refer to EC-878, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 3. F
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure". G

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H

Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

I
>> END

EC-877
 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006225102

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225103

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

EC-878
 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006225104

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225105 C

1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. E

>> END
F

EC-879
 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006225106

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225107

1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION”
system indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-878, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-878, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-880
 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000006225108

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225109

1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.

>> END

EC-882
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225110

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P

EC-883
 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006225111

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because K13 models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST: KV10118400 or KV10120000] (D), then connect
fuel pressure gauge (A).
M
To quick connector
To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp N

CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-193, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

EC-887
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006431776

OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT Item C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item Performance Corresponding D

* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
E

Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143

Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147 G
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141
H
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE I

EC-889
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

JSBIA0399GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006431777

CAUTION:

EC-890
 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE]
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions,
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006431778

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-837, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-816, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-889, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-837, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-889, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-890, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-826, "Reference Value".

EC-892
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000006225112

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225113

1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-883, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END
NO >> Go to EC-895, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-894
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225114

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
PBIB2384E

EC-895
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

PBIB3213E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-894, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:

EC-896
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225115

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F7
11 Ground Existed
E18 108
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E6, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E18 93 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-902
 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006225116

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225117
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 communication signal of OBD (emission related di-
• Harness or connectors F
agnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN shorted)
U1001 communication signal other than OBD (emission
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> EC-905, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225118

Go to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

K

EC-905
 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006225119

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225120

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
U1010 CAN communication bus • ECM
of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-906, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225121

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-906, "DTC Logic".
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-877, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-906
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225122

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. Refer to
EC-990, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause

• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion
P0011 E
performance and phase-control angle degree. of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake
valve timing control
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at H
idle.

>> GO TO 2. I

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

With CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady K
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm L

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec
P or N (A/T) M
Shift lever
Neutral (M/T)
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. N
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
YES >> Go to EC-908, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P

With CONSULT-III
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (221°F)

EC-907
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-908, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225123

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Go to LU-16, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-909, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-971, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-248, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-975, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.

EC-908
 P0011 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-210,
"Exploded View".
C

PBIA9557J

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? E
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-201, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-221, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225124

J
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. K
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] L

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View". N
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. O
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: P
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ

EC-909
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225125

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor
D
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Which DTC is detected?
G
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 H
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to EC-911, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-911, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-911, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225126

1.INSPECTION START O

Confirm the detected DTC.

Which DTC is detected? P
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses

EC-911
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225127

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I C

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. E

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
F

MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.2 V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* G
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
I

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage J
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
45
F16 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.2 V K
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. N
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element O
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

EC-913
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225128

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-916, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225129

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F4 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-916
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

MAF sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 1 F16 55 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-181, "Exploded
View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225130

H
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. I
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.

Terminals Condition Resistance J

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-181, "Exploded
View".
L

EC-917
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225131

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0117 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-918, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225132

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.

ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F28 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-918
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ECT sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F28 2 F16 44 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-919, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-52, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225133

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. I
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
J
Terminals Condition Resistance
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 kΩ
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ K
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
CO-52, "Exploded View".
M

EC-919
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225134

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1031, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-920, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225135

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-920
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. A

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F29 4 F16 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. E

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 3 F16 34 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-921, "Component Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. J
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-922, "Special Repair Requirement". K

>> INSPECTION END

L
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225136
N
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-879, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to the D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. P
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-921
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −

33 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-922, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225137

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

>> END

EC-922
 P0132 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0132 HO2S1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225138

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 is not inordinately high.
C

E
PBIB1848E

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0132 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) G
high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. K
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC is detected?
YES >> Go to EC-923, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225139
M

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View". P

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-923
 P0132 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 1 F16 56 existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 4 F16 49 existed
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 4 F16 49 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connector for water.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-924, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225140

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III

EC-924
 P0133 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0133 HO2S1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225141

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback C
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
D

E
PBIB2991E

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) G
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • The response of the voltage signal from the
P0133 • Fuel injector
circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. H
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START J
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F). M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 3. N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III O
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III. P
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.

EC-927
 P0133 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 2,500 - 3,600 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on COUSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-928, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-928, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-928, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225142

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0
49 V more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
F16 (HO2S1 56 1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
constant under no load.
signal) 2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-928, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225143

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".

EC-928
 P0133 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
2. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 4 F16 49 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-913, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-1078, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-198, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Perform EC-930, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225144

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.

EC-930
 P0134 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0134 HO2S1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225145

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approx. 0.3 V.
Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within
200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that
this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
P0134 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3 V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-932
 P0134 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,100 rpm A

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 9.0 msec
EC
Shift lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. C
Which is displayed on COUSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-933, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-933, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: E
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-933, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225146

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions. I

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage J
Connector
+ −
49 Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm • The voltage dose not remain in the range of 0.2 to
F16 56 K
(HO2S1 signal) constant under no load. 0.4 V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
L
NO >> Go to EC-933, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225147

M
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O
2.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 1 F16 56 Existed

EC-933
 P0134 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 4 F16 49 Existed
2. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector 49 or HO2S1 harness connector and ground.

HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 4 F16 49 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225148

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.

EC-934
 P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225149

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0135
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-936, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225150

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S1 harness connector and ground.

HO2S1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F98 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector F115
• 10 A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between HO2S1 and fuse

EC-936
 P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S1 ECM
Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 3 F7 3 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-937, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View". G
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
H

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225151 I

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
K
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω
L
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal? M

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 N

Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard O
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial P
service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-937
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0138 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225152

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time.
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel cut.

PBIB1848E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0138 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-938, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225153

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-938
 P0138 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F16 59 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. F

HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
J
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
Refer to EC-939, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END O

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225154

P
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
EC-939
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0139 HO2S2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225155

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut.

SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
EC-942
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225156

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
50 A change of voltage should be more than
F16 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (A/T) 0.12 V for 1 second during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225157

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-944
 P0139 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE A

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
EC
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-950, "DTC Logic" or EC-954,
"DTC Logic".
C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
E31 1 F16 59 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
E31 4 F16 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
K
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Ground Not existed L

3. Also check harness for short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 N
Refer to EC-945, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. O
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225158

1.INSPECTION START
EC-945
 P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225159

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit
P0141 2 heater control circuit
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM is open or shorted.)
low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-948, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225160

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E31 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10 A fuse (No. 49)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

EC-948
 P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 3 F7 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
5.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER
Refer to EC-949, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". G
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
H

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225161 I

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
K
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω
L
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal? M

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 N

Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 O
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize lubricant (commercial service P
tool).

>> INSPECTION END

EC-949
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225162

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Intake air leaks
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-951, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-951, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.

EC-950
 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
EC
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), D
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). E
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-951, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END G

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225163

H
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). I

SEC502D
L
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. N
Intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. O
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-951
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225164

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
Fuel injection system too
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-955, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-955, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-954
 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
C
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
D
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. E
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-955, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225165

G
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). H

SEC502D K
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. M
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. N
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. O
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F98 4 F16 49 Existed
5. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and
ground.

EC-955
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225166

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1031, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-958, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225167

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-958
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. A

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F29 4 F16 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. E

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 2 F16 33 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-959, "Component Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. J
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-960, "Special Repair Requirement". K

>> INSPECTION END

L
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225168
N
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-879, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to the D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position. P
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-959
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −

33 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-960, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225169

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

>> END

EC-960
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225170

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MI will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure J
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted K
• Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Signal plate
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection L

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I O
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
P
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-962, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-961
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.

Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-962, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225171

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine and let engine idle.

EC-962
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0327, P0328 KS
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225172

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
P0327 • Harness or connectors
input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0328
high input sent to ECM. D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
H
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-967, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225173

J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. L
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
Knock sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 2 F16 40 Existed O
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-967
 P0327, P0328 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

Knock sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F16 37 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-968, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-248, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225174

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-248, "Exploded View".

EC-968
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225175

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is open or shorted.]
is not detected by the ECM during the first
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is D
few seconds of engine cranking.
shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
Crankshaft position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 cir-
P0335 position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
(POS) circuit cuit is shorted.)
while the engine is running.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
is not in the normal pattern during engine
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
running.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Signal plate F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
YES >> Go to EC-969, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225176

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I O

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground. P

CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F20 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-969
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
CKP sensor (POS) ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 3 F16 61 Existed D
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) F
Refer to EC-971, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. G
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-248, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
H
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. I
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-248, "Exploded View".
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". J

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225177

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. M
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
248, "Exploded View".
O

PBIA9210J

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.

EC-971
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225178

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1031, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors D
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 • Camshaft (INT)
(PHASE) circuit during engine running. E
• Starter motor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- H
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-973, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II L
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Go to EC-973, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225179 N

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position. O
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. P

2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

EC-973
 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-210,
"Exploded View".
C

PBIA9557J

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D

Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225180
F
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to I
EM-210, "Exploded View".

PBIA9210J K
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II
Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows. L

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-) M
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View".
O

EC-975
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225181

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.

SEF484YF

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
P0420 • Fuel injector
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?

EC-976
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4. A
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It EC
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN D
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
E
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
F
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-978, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-977, "Component Function Check". H
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-978, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225182

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I K

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. M

ECM
Terminal Condition Specification
N
Connector
+ −
49 Keeping engine speed at 2,000 The voltage switch periodically more than 5 times within
F16 56 O
(HO2S1 signal) rpm constant under no load 10 seconds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2 P
NO >> Go to EC-927, "DTC Logic".
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Without CONSULT-III
1. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals and ground.
2. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low) HO2S2 voltage is very less than that of
HO2S1 voltage under the following condition.

EC-977
 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ECM
Terminal Condition Specification
Connector
+ −
49
56 Switching frequency ratio (A/B) : Less than 0.75
(HO2S1 signal) Keeping engine speed at 2,000
F16 A : Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
50 rpm constant under no load
59 B : Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
(HO2S2 signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> If the ratio is greater than above (0.75), it means three way catalyst does not operate properly.
Refer to EC-978, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225183

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

SEC502D

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-883, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-1081, "Ignition Timing"
For specification, refer to EC-1081, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-883, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-978
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225184

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-981, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225185
J
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground. L

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
F32 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R P
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-981
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F32 2 F7 9 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-982, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225186

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIA9668J

Without CONSULT-III

EC-982
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000006225187

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225188

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-905, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-906, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle
• Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
when vehicle is being driven.
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-985, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-984
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ENG SPEED 2,500 - 6,000 rpm A

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.7 - 31.8 msec
EC
Shift lever Except P or N position (A/T)
Except Neutral position (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
C
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-985, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
E
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-985, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-985, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225189

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H

With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine. I
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-985, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225190

1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” L
Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER N
Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".

>> INSPECTION END O

EC-985
 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P0605 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225191

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-986, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-986, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-986, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225192

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-986, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-877, "Work Procedure".

EC-986
 P1065 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1065 ECM
Description INFOID:0000000006225193

ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.

PBIA9222J

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225194

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
P1065* Engine control module
properly.
• ECM

*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-988, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225195

1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-988, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-877, "Work Procedure".

EC-988
 P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225196

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1111 through intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-990, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225197

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

IVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F41 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

EC-990
 P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

IVT control solenoid valve ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F41 1 F16 73 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
D
Refer to EC-991, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225198

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. I

Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω J
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View".
L
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve M
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more. N
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE: O
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ
P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-210, "Exploded View".

EC-991
 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225199

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Electric throttle control
P1121 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to Neutral position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set shift lever to Neutral position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to Neutral position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225200

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

EC-992
 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A
- : Vehicle front
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
C

PBIB2974E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-993, "Special Repair Requirement".
E

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225201
F

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

G
Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2 H
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".
I
>> END
J

EC-993
 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225202

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer
to EC-992, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1126. Refer
to EC-998, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P1122 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
• Electric throttle control actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225203

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F7 2 E18 108
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.

EC-994
 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
14.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

1. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-997, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225204 C

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

D
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

E
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR G
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-997, "Special Repair Requirement".
H
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225205 I

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure". J

>> GO TO 2
K
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".
L
>> END

EC-997
 P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225206

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P1124
relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P1126
relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P1124 >> GO TO 2.
P1126 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-998, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-998, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225207

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 15 E18 108 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-998
 P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225208

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P1128
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor) D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1001, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225209

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
L
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

N
Electric throttle control actuator ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Not existed O
F29 5 F7
4 Existed
1 Existed
F29 6 F7 P
4 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
EC-1001
 P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Refer to EC-1002, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1002, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225210

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1002, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225211

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

>> END

EC-1002
 P1143 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1143 HO2S1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225212

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the C
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.

E
SEF300U

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater G
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
P1143 • Fuel pressure
lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START I
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F). L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 3. M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”. O
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, P
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-1003
 P1143 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,600 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1004, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1004, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1004, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225213

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
49
Engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant • The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
F16 (HO2S1 56
under no load • The minimum voltage is over 0.1 V at least 1 time.
signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1004, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225214

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

EC-1004
 P1143 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? A

Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-950, "DTC Logic".
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER EC
Refer to EC-937, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 D
Refer to EC-1005, "Component Inspection".

YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Perform GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225215

1.INSPECTION START H
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 J
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. K
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.
L
6. Check the following.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure. M
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
N

O
SEF217YA

EC-1005
 P1144 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1144 HO2S1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225216

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are C
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.

E
SEF299U

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater G
P1144
rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? I
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above -10°C (14°F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. L

>> GO TO 3.
M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. O
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5. P
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-1007
 P1144 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,600 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1008, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1008, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1008, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225217

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
49
Engine speed is held at 2,000 rpm constant • The maximum voltage is over 0.8 V at least 1 time.
F16 (HO2S1 56
under no load • The minimum voltage is over 0.35 V at least 1 time.
signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1008, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225218

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

EC-1008
 P1144 HO2S1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected or difficult to start engine? A

Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-954, "DTC Logic".
No >> GO TO 4
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water. C

Water should not exist.

Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER E

Refer to EC-937, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 G
Refer to EC-1009, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-187, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END J

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225219

K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 M

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
N
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen. O

EC-1009
 P1146 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1146 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225220

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel
cut. D

E
JSBIA0083GB

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START I

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are
completed.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform ″DTC WORK SUPPORT″ at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). M
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O

>> GO TO 4.
P
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-1011
 P1146 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
NO >> Go to EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225221

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I EC

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
D
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector E
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least once during
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) load at least 10 times this procedure.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
H

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage I
Connector
+ −
50 The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least
F16 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) once during this procedure. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. L

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage M
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.36 V at least
F16 59 N
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure". O

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225222

P
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.

EC-1013
 P1146 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-882, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-954, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F16 59 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1014, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225223

1.INSPECTION START
EC-1014
 P1147 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1147 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225224

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time.
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel cut. D

E
SEF259VA

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) G
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
H
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START I

Do you have CONSULT-III?

Do you have CONSULT-III? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are
completed.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). M
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.

N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O

>> GO TO 4.
P
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-1017
 P1147 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
NO >> Go to EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225225

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I EC

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
D
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector E
+ −
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) 10 times once during this procedure.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
H

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage I
Connector
+ −
50 The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F16 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
(HO2S2 signal) once during this procedure. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. L

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage M
Connector
+ −
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least
F16 59 N
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1019, "Diagnosis Procedure". O

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225226

P
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.

EC-1019
 P1147 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 1 F16 59 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E31 4 F16 50 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1020, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225227

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?

EC-1020
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225231

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-905, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-906, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. D
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) F
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays -1, -2 and -
heat).
3)
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
• Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature (Overheat). G
P1217 • Radiator hose
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator
using the proper filling method.
• Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank
range. H
• Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Refilling". Also, I
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-21, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio". J
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
K
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-1023, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: L
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225232 N

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

O
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up P
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-1023
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
YES >> Go to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CON-
SULT-III screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-IV
With CONSULT-III
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225233

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-14, "Diagnosis
Description" (With intelligent key system), PCS-58, "Diagnosis Description" (Without intelligent key sys-
tem).
EC-1024
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225234

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is ex- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance cessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1027, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225235

J
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. K
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle M
control actuator inside.

N
PBIB2974E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

O
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1027, "Special Repair Requirement".

P
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225236

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

EC-1027
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225237

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
E
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
I
YES >> Go to EC-1029, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225238 J

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. L
- : Vehicle front
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
N

PBIB2974E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR O

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1029, "Special Repair Requirement".
P

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225239

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

EC-1029
 P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225240

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is D
P1229
short for sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.]
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1031, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225241

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

O
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

EC-1031
 P1706 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000006225242

For A/T models, transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N. EC
For M/T models, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON when the selector lever is Neutral position.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225243 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The transmission range switch circuit is open or E
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal shorted. (A/T models)]
Park/neutral position
P1706 is not changed in the process of engine [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is
signal
starting and driving. open or shorted. (M/T models)]
• Transmission range switch (A/T models) F
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
H
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
I
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION K

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
M
Shift lever position Known-good signal
P or N position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
N
Except above position OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> Go to EC-1034, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
P
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

EC-1033
 P1706 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ENG SPEED 1,925 - 6,375 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Shift lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1034, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-1034, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1034, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225244

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
P or N (A/T)
69 Battery voltage
F16 108 Shift lever Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal)
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1034, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225245

1.CHECK POSITION SWITCH (NEUTRAL SWITCH) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position switch (M/T) harness
connector and ground.

Transmission range switch (A/T)

Park/neutral position switch (M/T) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F21 (A/T) 7
Ground Battery voltage
F22 (M/T) 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
EC-1034
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225246

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
P1805 Brake switch for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
driving. • Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1036, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225247

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E115 (A/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E114 (M/T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 38)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1036
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC

ECM Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E115 (A/T)
E18 99 2 Existed
E114 (M/T)
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1037, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refeer to BR-21, "Exploded View". G
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". H

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225248

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
K
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
N
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".

EC-1037
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225249

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1031, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
P2122
sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 (APP sensor 1)
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1038, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225250

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-1038
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E110 2 E18 111 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 3 E18 110 Existed F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR H
Refer to EC-1039, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
J
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1040, "Special Repair Requirement".

K
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". L

>> INSPECTION END

M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225251

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR N

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. O

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage P
Connector
+ −

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E18 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V

EC-1039
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1040, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225252

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-878, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

>> END

EC-1040
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225253

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127
sensor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 (APP sensor 2)
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1041, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225254

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

O
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-1041
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

8.CHECK APP SENSOR A

Refer to EC-1043, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
C
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1043, "Special Repair Requirement".

D
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". E

>> INSPECTION END

F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225255

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR G

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. H

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage I
Connector
+ −

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

(APP sensor 1 signal)
111 J
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E18 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. M
2. Perform EC-1043, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END N

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225256

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING O

Refer to EC-878, "Work Procedure".

P
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.

EC-1043
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225257

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1031, "DTC Logic". C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector D
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1045, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225258

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
M
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator O

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-1045
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F16 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 33
F29 F16 Existed
3 34
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1046, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-1047, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225259

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-879, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set shift lever to the D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-1046
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

ECM A
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
EC
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1047, "Special Repair Requirement".
F
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225260
G
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure". H

>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING I

Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

J
>> END

EC-1047
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006225261

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1031, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is
Accelerator pedal position Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to shorted.)
P2138 sensor circuit range/per- ECM compared with the signals from (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
formance APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225262

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1048
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 110
E110 E18 Existed
6 103
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1050, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1051, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225263

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −

110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E18 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

EC-1050
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
2. Perform EC-1051, "Special Repair Requirement".
A
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006225264
EC

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-878, "Work Procedure". C

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING D

Refer to EC-879, "Work Procedure".

E
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
F
Refer to EC-880, "Work Procedure".

>> END G

EC-1051
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
COOLING FAN
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225265

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “LOW” and “Hi” on the CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-14, "Diagnosis
Description" (With intelligent key system), PCS-58, "Diagnosis Description" (Without intelligent key sys-
tem).
2. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-1052, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225266

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
31 1
E11 E62 Existed
29 2
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor relay harness connector and cooling fan motor harness
connector.

Cooling fan motor relay Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E74 5 E62 3 Existed
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.

Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 4 Ground Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor relay harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor relay harness connec-
tor.

EC-1052
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor relay A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
9 2
E10 E74 Existed EC
15 1
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor relay harness connector and ground.
C
Cooling fan motor relay
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
D
E74 3 Ground Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY F
Check cooling fan motor relay. Refer to EC-1053, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR H
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-1053, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. I
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-46, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
Perform GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (With intelligent key system), PCS-91, K
"Exploded View" (Without intelligent key system).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000006225267 L

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
N
Cooling fan motor
terminals Operation
Connector O
+ −
1 4
E62 Cooling fan motor operates.
2 3 P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-46, "Exploded View"
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay) INFOID:0000000006479932

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY

EC-1053
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000006225268

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to EC
ECM through the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225269

C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-1055, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Go to EC-1055, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1055, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225270

1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-1055, "Com-
ponent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".

EC-1055
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225271

1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-1057, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. E
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

Clicking noise should be heard.

G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1057, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H

I
PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225272

J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F37 1 M
2 F38 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F39 1
N
4 F40 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
P
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector F115
• 10 A fuse (No. 51)
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1057
 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F37 2 31
2 F38 2 30
F7 Existed
3 F39 2 29
4 F40 2 25
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1058, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-193, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225273

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-193, "Exploded View".

EC-1058
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
FUEL PUMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225274

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> EC-1059, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E

JSBIA0578ZZ

F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225275

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
I
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
F7 23 108 Battery voltage J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. K

2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 23 F113 43 Existed N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector F113
• Harness for open or short to ground and short power

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
EC-1059
 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP A

Refer to EC-1061, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".

D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006225276

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows. G

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

2 and 4 0.2 - 5.0 Ω H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View" I

EC-1061
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225277

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-1062, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1062, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.

ECM
Terminal Voltage signal
Connector
+ −
17
18
21
F7 108

22
JMBIA0219GB

NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1062, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225278

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
E18 105 108 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-902, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1062
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000006225279

EC
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. C
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance D
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
F
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-198, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION: G
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure. I
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. K
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. L
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
M
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
N
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more. O
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- P
functioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-198, "Exploded View".

EC-1065
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000006225280

1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace condenser.

EC-1066
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225281

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Make sure that MI lights up.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1067, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225282

1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC U1001 is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-905, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
G
Refer to MWI-47, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-46, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-130, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J

EC-1067
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006225283

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
41
F16 48 1.0 - 4.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1068, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006225284

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E6, F46
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

EC-1068
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006225285

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-791
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-887
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1057
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-806
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1078
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1075
EC-992
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-994
EC-1001
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1076
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1062
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-902
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-911
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-918
EC-923
3 EC-927
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit EC-932
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1003
EC-1007
EC-920
EC-958
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-1027
EC-1029
2 2 EC-1045
EC-1038
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-1041
EC-1048
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-967

EC-1070
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-969 F
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-973
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-984
G
EC-986
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-988
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- H
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-990
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1033
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-1068 I
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-1055
HAC-52
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-133 J
HAC-179
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-55
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. K
(continued on next table)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER L

EC-1071
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000006225286

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-799,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

EC-1074
 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR15DE]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000006225287
EC

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D

>> INSPECTION END

E

EC-1075
 IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR15DE]
IGNITION TIMING
Inspection INFOID:0000000006225288

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire (1) as shown.

JSBIA0579ZZ

2. Check ignition timing.

1 : Timing indicator

>> INSPECTION END

MBIB1331E

EC-1076
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR15DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006225289

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections, EC
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B). C
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C). D

JSBIA0335ZZ

F
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing. G

I
SEF989X

b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. J

15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi) K
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. L

SEF943S M

EC-1077
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR15DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Inspection INFOID:0000000006225290

1.CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-198, "Exploded View".

PBIB1589E

EC-1078
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR15DE]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006226641
EC

JSBIA0333ZZ
H
1. ECM bracket 2. ECM
: Vehicle front
I
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006226642

REMOVAL J
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-284, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Exploded
View".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View" (With intelligent key system), PCS-91, "Exploded K
View" (Without intelligent key system).
3. Remove mounting nut (A) and bolts (B).
4. Disconnect harness connectors, and then remove IPDM E/R L
cover (1).
5. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
6. Remove ECM mounting nuts. M
7. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.

JSBIA0473ZZ

O
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-877, "Work Procedure". P

EC-1079
 EVAP CANISTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR15DE]
EVAP CANISTER
Hydraulic Layout INFOID:0000000006226643

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

JSBIA0567ZZ

1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP canister 3. Intake manifold

solenoid valve
: Vehicle front

NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

EC-1080
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR15DE]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006225291
EC

Transmission Condition Specification

C
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 650 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000006225292

F
Transmission Condition Specification
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 6 ± 5°BTDC
G
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 6 ± 5°BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
H
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000006225293 I

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) J

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%
K
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000006225294

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

L

Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.2 V*

1.0 – 4.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) M
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

EC-1081
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006843685

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006824653

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000006824654

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-8, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
EC-1082
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc. A
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006824655 EC

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is C
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF, wait 3 minutes and discon-
nect battery negative cable. Failure to do so may damage the D
ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if igni-
tion switch is turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis- E
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H

F
• Do not disassemble ECM.

I
MBIB1517E

• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (A) it J

securely with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the
figure.
- ECM (2) K
- Loosen (B)

MBIB1518E
M

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or N
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors. O
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC's. P
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
SEF291H
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of IC's, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.

EC-1083
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
• Cylinder NO.1 is at the flywheel end.
-1: Crankshaft pulley A

EC

JMBIA0432ZZ

D
ENGINE RUNNING
• No work should be carried out on the hydraulic system while engine is running.
• Remember that fuel pressure values in hydraulic circuit can reach up to 1,600 bar.
• Keep hands or face (particularly eyes) out of any high pressure leak. E
• Recall that fuel is dangerous for health.
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
• Under warranty, do not remove the fuel rail pressure sensor from the rail. F
• Do not try to measure the resistance of the fuel rail pressure sensor. This test is destructive for the
internal components.
G
FUEL INJECTOR
• Fuel injectors are driven by over 100V.
• FUEL injector electronics are polarised. In case of intervention on wiring harness, do not
invertwires. It is destructive for the piezo components. H
• Do not drive the fuel injectors if their body is not connected to the battery ground (risk ofelectro-
static discharge). For instance, fuel injector body have to be in contact with cylinder.
• Piezo fuel injector connector must not be unplugged while engine is running. Risk of majordamage I
to the engine (fuel injector could stay opened).
Cleanliness INFOID:0000000006824656

J
Cleanliness
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION
K
The high pressure direct injection system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with con-
tamination are:
• damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system,
• components jamming, L
• components losing seal integrity.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (par-
ticles a few microns in size) should have entered the system during dismantling. M
The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the fuel injectors.
What are the sources of contamination?
• metal or plastic chips,
• paint, N
• fibres:
- from cardboard,
- from brushes, O
- from paper,
- from clothing,
- from cloths,
• foreign bodies such as hair, P
• ambient air
• etc.
NOTE:
Cleaning the engine using a high pressure washer is prohibited because of the risk of damaging connections.
In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection malfunction.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK

EC-1085
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [K9K]
NOTE:
Before any work is carried out on the high pressure injection system, protect:
• the accessories and timing belts,
• the electrical accessories, (starter, alternator, electric power assisted steering pump),
• the flywheel surface, to prevent any diesel from running onto the clutch friction plate.

• Check that you have plugs for the unions to be opened (set of plugs available from the Parts Department).
The plugs are single-use only. After use, they must be discarded (once used they are soiled and cleaning is
not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be discarded.
• Check that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Stored parts will there-
fore be less subject to the risk of impurities. The bags are to be used once only, and discarded after use.
• Use lint-free cleaning cloths. Using normal cloth or paper is prohibited. They are not lint-free and could con-
taminate the fuel circuit. Each cloth should only be used once.
• Use fresh cleaning agent for each operation (used cleaning agent is contaminated). Pour it into an uncon-
taminated container.
• For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
• Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.
• Blast compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, workbench, the parts, unions and injection system
zones). Check that no bristles remain.
• Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
• When wearing leather protective gloves cover them with latex gloves to prevent contamination.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN CARRYING OUT ANY WORK
• As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system.
The plugs to be used are available from the Parts Department. The plugs must not be reused under any cir-
cumstances.
• Seal the pouch shut, even if it has to be opened shortly afterwards. Ambient air carries contamination.
• All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once
they have been plugged.
• Using a brush, cleaning agent, air gun, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been
opened. These items could allow contamination to enter the system.
• A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the
vehicle.

EC-1086
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006833478
EC

JSBIA1065ZZ
M
1. Fuel injector 2. Camshaft position sensor 3. High pressure pump
4. Fuel flow actuator 5. Fuel temperature sensor 6. Knock sensor (Accelerometer)
N
7. Fuel rail 8. Fuel rail pressure sensor 9. Engine coolant temperature sensor
10. Mass air flow sensor 2 (Turbocharger 11. Crankshaft position sensor 12. Glow relay
air temperature sensor)
13. Priming pump 14. ECM 15. IPDM E/R O
16. Fuel filter (With water in fuel sensor) 17. Turbocharger boost sensor 18. Mass air flow sensor 1 (Intake air
temperature sensor)
19. EGR volume control valve P

EC-1087
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

JSBIA1066ZZ

1. Camshaft position sensor 2. Fuel injector 3. Fuel rail

4. Fuel rail pressure sensor 5. Knock sensor (Accelerometer) 6. High pressure pump
7. Fuel flow actuator 8. Fuel temperature sensor 9. EGR volume control valve
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor

Component Description INFOID:0000000006824658

Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1089, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Camshaft position sensor EC-1089, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Cooling fan motor EC-1089, "Cooling Fan"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-1090, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
EGR volume control valve EC-1098, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1090, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
EC-1094, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel injector
scription"
Fuel rail pressure sensor EC-1090, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
Fuel temperature sensor EC-1090, "Fuel Temperature Sensor"

EC-1088
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Component Reference
A
EC-1094, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel pump
scription"
Glow relay EC-1091, "Glow Relay"
EC
Knock sensor EC-1091, "Knock Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor 1,2 EC-1091, "Mass Air Flow sensor"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-1091, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" C
Stop lamp switch EC-1092, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Turbocharger boost sensor EC-1092, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor"
D
Water in fuel sensor EC-1092, "Water In Fuel Sensor"

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006824659

E
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected. F

H
PBIB1741E

Barometric Pessure Sensor INFOID:0000000006835304

I
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor
detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer. J

L
MBIB1517E

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006824663

M
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position (CMP)
sensor senses the piston position. N
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to O
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. P
MBIB1532E

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000006824665

Cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Refer to EC-1103, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.

EC-1089
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006824666

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate.
The ECM receives the voltage signal from crankshaft position sensor
and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.

MBIB1530E

ECM INFOID:0000000006824668

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

MBIB1517E

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006824671

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies
a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature
input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance
of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006835286

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit,
the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow
through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse
duration based on engine fuel needs.
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006824678

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. The ECM controls the
fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006835287

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006824679

Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.

EC-1090
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Glow Relay INFOID:0000000006824680

A
When ignition switch is turned ON while cooling temperature is lower than the specified value, ECM actuates
glow plug through glow relay. Because of this, combustion chamber is warmed and stabilized combustion at
starting can be obtained under low cooling temperature. The preheating time is determined according to cool- EC
ing temperature, inlet air temperature and battery voltage.
Mass Air Flow sensor INFOID:0000000006824681

C
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1 (INTAKE AIE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. ECM calculates the amount of
intake air, based on the signals of the intake air temperature sensor and the turbocharger air temperature sen- D
sor.
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 2 (TURBOCHARGER AIE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
The sensor detects turbocharger air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. ECM calculates the E
amount of intake air, based on the signals of the intake air temperature sensor and the turbocharger air tem-
perature sensor.
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000006835290
F

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a G
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

MBIB1885E
M
1. Fuel injector 2. Fuel rail 3. Fuel rail pressure sensor
4. Knock sensor
N
Malfunction Indicator INFOID:0000000006824682

The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys-
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated. O
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MI (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
In the event of an engine malfunction, the ECM may request the display of an engine warning light [MI (Red)]. P
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006824684

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

EC-1091
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006835801

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000006824687

The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.

MBIB1527E

Water In Fuel Sensor INFOID:0000000006835289

• Water in fuel sensor detects the water volume increasing in the fuel filter.
• When water increases in the fuel filter, ECM turns ON the fuel filter warning lamp, according to the signal
from water in fuel sensor.

EC-1092
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006824688
EC

JSBIA1069ZZ

EC-1093
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

1. ECM 2. EGR volume control valve 3. Fuel rail pressure sensor

4. Fuel rail 5. Fuel temperature sensor 6. Fuel flow actuator (Fuel pressure
regulator)
7. Turbocharger boost sensor 8. Mass air flow sensor 2 (Turbocharg- 9. Charge air cooler
er air temperature sensor)
10. Fuel pump 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Crankshaft position sensor
13. Clutch switch 14. Mass air flow sensor 1 (Intake air 15. Air cleaner
temperature sensor)
16. Stop lamp switch 17. Accelerator pedal position sensor 18. Turbocharger
19. Turbocharger boost control actuator 20. Vacuum side 21. Glow relay
22. Exhaust gas 23. Catalyst 24. Camshaft position sensor
25. Battery 26. Ignition switch 27. Malfunction indicator
28. Glow lamp 29. Glow plug 30. Fuel injector
31. Fuel return 32. EGR cooler 33. CAN communication
34. Intake manifold

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006824689

ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and furl pressure control.
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The DCM1.2 injection system used on the K9K engine is an electronically-controlled high-pressure injection
system. The fuel is compressed by a high-pressure pump and then stored in a fuel rail that feeds the fuel injec-
tors. Injection takes place when a current pulse applied to the fuel injector holder. The injection delivery is pro-
portional to the fuel rail pressure and the length of pulse applied, and the start of injection is synchronized with
the start of the pulse.
The circuit comprises two sub-systems that can be distinguished from one another by the pressure level of the
fuel:
• The low-pressure circuit comprises the reservoir, the fuel filter, the transfer pump and the fuel injector holder
return pipes
• The high-pressure circuit consists of the high-pressure pump, the fuel rail, the fuel injector holders and the
high-pressure tubes
Finally, there are a certain number of regulation sensors and actuators that allow command and control of the
system as a whole.
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006824690

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The high pressure injection system is intended to deliver a specific quantity of fuel to the engine at a specific
time.
• DELPHI DCM1.2 Common Rail injection system
Refer to EC-1093, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram" for details.
• The system consists of:
- Priming pump on the low pressure circuit
- Fuel filter
- High pressure pump incorporating a low pressure pump (transfer pump)
- Flow actuator (fuel pressure regulator) attached to the fuel pump
- Fuel rail
- Fuel rail pressure sensor located in the fuel rail
- Four fuel injectors
- Fuel pump temperature sensor
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Mass air flow sensor 1,2
- Camshaft position sensor (cylinder reference sensor)
- Turbocharger boost sensor
- Knock sensor
- EGR volume control valve
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
EC-1094
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
- ECM
• The “common rail” direct high pressure injection system works sequentially. A
• This new injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and
produces high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.
• The high pressure pump generates the high pressure sent to the fuel rail. The flow actuator on the pump
EC
controls the quantity of fuel supplied according to the demand determined by the ECM. The fuel rail supplies
each fuel injector through a steel pipe.
• The ECM:
- Determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate well and then controls the C
pressure regulator. It checks that the pressure value is correct by analyzing the value transmitted by the fuel
rail pressure sensor located on the fuel rail.
- Determines the injection time necessary to deliver the right quantity of fuel and the moment when injection D
should be started.
- Controls each fuel injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.
• The injected flow to the engine is determined by:
- The duration of fuel injector control E
- The fuel injector opening and closing speed
- The needle travel (determined by a constant for the type of fuel injector)
- The nominal hydraulic flow of the fuel injector (unique to each fuel injector) F
- The fuel rail pressure controlled by the ECM
• The ECM controls:
- The idle speed adjustment
- The exhaust gas flow reinjected into the intake manifold G
- The fuel supply control (advance, flow and fuel rail pressure)
- The cooling fan control
- The glow plug (pre/post heating) control H
• The high pressure pump is supplied at low pressure by an integrated low pressure pump (transfer pump). It
supplies the fuel rail whose pressure is controlled for charge by the flow actuator and for discharging by the
fuel injector valves. Falls in pressure can be compensated for in this way. The flow actuator allows the high
pressure pump to provide just the amount of fuel necessary to maintain the pressure in the fuel rail. Thanks I
to this element, heat generation is minimized and engine output improved.
In order to discharge the fuel rail using the fuel injector valves, the valves are controlled by short electrical
impulses: J
- Short enough not to open the fuel injector, (through the return circuit from the fuel injectors)
- Long enough to open the valves and discharge the fuel rail
• The ECM controls the cooling fans and the engine coolant temperature warning light on the instrument
panel. K

IMPORTANT
• The engine must not operate with: L
- Fuel containing more than 10% diester
- Gasoline, even in tiny quantities
• The system can inject the fuel into the engine at a pressure up to 1400 bars. Before carrying out any work,
check that the fuel rail is not under pressure and that the fuel temperature is not too high. M
• You must respect the cleaning and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high pres-
sure injection system.
• Removal of the interior of the pump and fuel injectors is prohibited. Only the flow actuator, the fuel pump N
temperature sensor and the venturi can be replaced.
• For safety reasons, it is strictly forbidden to slacken a high pressure pipe union when the engine is running.
• It is not possible to remove the fuel rail pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit con-
tamination malfunctions. If the fuel rail pressure sensor fails, the fuel rail pressure sensor, the fuel rail and O
the five high pressure pipes must be replaced.
• It is strictly forbidden to remove any injection pump pulley marked number 070 575. If the pump is being
replaced, the pulley must be replaced. P
• It is forbidden to repair the wiring connecting the knock sensor and the crankshaft position sensor. If the wir-
ing should malfunction, it has to be replaced with new wiring.
• Applying 12V directly to any component in the system is prohibited.
• Ultrasonic carbon removal and cleaning are prohibited.
• Never start the engine without the battery being connected correctly.
• Disconnect the injection system ECM when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.
• It is essential to replace all the disconnected air intake plastic pipes.

EC-1095
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
FUNCTIONS PERFORMED
FUNCTIONS PERFORMED : System Description INFOID:0000000006833569

Function: Fuel supply management (advance, delivery and pressure).

Quantity of fuel injected and regulation of injection advance.
The injection control parameters are the quantities to be injected and their respective advances.
These are calculated by the ECM on the basis of information from the following signals:
• Engine speed (crankshaft + cam for synchronization)
• Accelerator pedal position
• Charge air pressure
• Intake air temperature
• Charge air pressure
• Engine coolant temperature
• Fuel rail pressure
• Ambient barometric pressure
The quantities to be injected and their respective advances are converted into:
• Reference tooth
• Time between this tooth and the start of the pulse
• Time for which the fuel injector holder is fed
An electrical current (pulse) is sent to each fuel injector holder as a function of the previously calculated data.
The system performs between one and four injections (a pilot injection, a pre-injection, a main injection and a
post-injection). The general principle is to calculate a total delivery injected which will then be distributed
across the deliveries of the various injections to promote efficient combustion and a reduction in pollutant
emissions.

A knock sensor is used to control some of the deviations when the fuel is injected. This plays a number of
roles:
• Protection of the engine by detecting injection losses (disabled on the basic version)
• Checking of the pilot quantity by measurement of the deviations and dispersions
By modifying the duration on the one hand and the injection advance on the other, it is possible to readjust the
quantity of fuel injected and the instant of ignition of the mixture.
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE CONTROL
The quality of combustion is influenced by the size of the droplets atomized in the cylinder. In the combustion
chamber, smaller drops of fuel will have time to burn completely and not produce smoke or nonburned parti-
cles. To meet anti-pollution requirements it is necessary to reduce the size of the droplets and thus the injec-
tion holes.

The smaller these holes are, the less fuel can be introduced at a given pressure which limits the power. To
overcome this malfunction it is necessary to increase the quantity of fuel injected which in practice means
increasing the pressure (and the number of openings of the fuel injector nozzles). In the case of the Delphi
Common Rail, the pressure can reach 1600 bar in the fuel rail and must be permanently controlled. The mea-
surement circuit is comprised an active fuel rail pressure sensor on the fuel rail linked to an analogue port of
the ECM.

The high-pressure pump is fed at low pressure (5 bar) by an integral transfer pump. This feeds the fuel rail, the
pressure of which is controlled for the charging by the fuel flow actuator (fuel pressure regulator) and for dis-
charge by the fuel injector. This allows drops in pressure to be compensated. The fuel flow actuator (fuel pres-
sure regulator) allows the high-pressure pump to only supply the quantity of fuel necessary to maintain the
pressure in the fuel rail. Thanks to this device, the generation of heat is minimized and the efficiency of the
engine is improved.

In order to discharge the fuel rail using the fuel injectors, the fuel injectors are operated by means of small
electrical pulses:
• Sufficiently small not to open the fuel injector (the fuel passes through the return circuit from the fuel injec-
tors)
• Sufficiently long to open the valves and discharge the fuel rail

EC-1096
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
Surplus fuel is fed back to the fuel filter or to the reservoir according to its delivery. In the event of non-actua-
tion of the fuel flow actuator (fuel pressure regulator), the pressure in the fuel rail is limited by a pressure relief A
valve fitted on the pump.
IDLING CONTROL
The ECM is responsible for idling control. In practice it has to take into account the instantaneous power level EC
to be delivered as a function of the following elements:
• Engine coolant temperature
• Gear ratio selected C
• Battery charge
• Whether electrical loads (additional heating, climate control, engine ventilator set, rear window defogger,
etc.) are on or off
• System malfunctions detected D

INDIVIDUAL FUEL INJECTOR CORRECTION

The fuel injectors of the DCM1.2 system must be calibrated with fuel injector adjusting values in order to accu-
E
rately set their delivery. Calibration of each fuel injector is performed for various pressures on a test bed and
the characteristics are shown on a label attached to the fuel injector holder body. These fuel injector adjusting
values are then entered in the ECM memory thereby allowing it to operate the fuel injectors taking into account
their manufacturing variance. F
MEASUREMENT OF THE ANGULAR POSITION
Crankshaft position sensor (CKPS):
Measurement of the angular position is performed by means of a magneto-inductive sensor that is excited by G
the teeth machined into the flywheel of the crankshaft. This flywheel comprises sixty teeth with a spacing of six
degrees, less two missing teeth to form a notch.
Camshaft position sensor (CMPS): H
A second sensor (Hall effect) excited by a tooth machined in the drive pulley of the high-pressure pump (in
synch with the camshaft), rotates at half the speed of the engine and provides information on the operation of
the injection cycle.
By comparing the signals from these two sensors, the angular position subsystem (APS) of the ECM is capa- I
ble of providing the system as a whole with the following synchronization information: the angular position of
the flywheel, the speed, the number of the active fuel injector and the advance in the injection cycle.
This module also provides the system with information on the speed of rotation. J
NEW PUMP HOUSING FUEL FLOW STRATEGY (PUMP FUEL FLOW)
Lubrication of the pump is by means of a fuel flow cycle during which the pump is filled and comes up to pres-
sure before transferring the fuel to the fuel rail. K
This lubrication is performed using a strategy known as “new pump housing fuel flow” which prevents starting
for around 10 seconds, which is the time needed for filling of the pump and starting.
For vehicles equipped with keys, if the key is released before this “first start-up” phase it is not necessary to L
perform a power latch before proceeding to restart the vehicle.
This strategy applies following an initial start-up in the factory and then whenever there is a change of ECM if
the fuel rail pressure parameters are not copied over to the new ECM, or also following reprogramming of the
ECM. M

VARIABLE LOW CAPACITY (VLC) FUNCTION

Due to the combination of a number of parameters such as the temperature of the fuel, wear of parts, clogging
N
of the fuel filter, and so on, the system′s limit may be reached during its lifetime. In this case, the pressure in
the fuel rail cannot be maintained because of a lack of capacity of the pump. In the event of a lack of pump
capacity, therefore, this strategy will reduce the delivery required to a value that allows the pressure controller
to re-check the pressure. O
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OPERATION
The EGR system (exhaust gas recirculation) is comprised a direct current proportional EGR volume control
valve with integral potentiometer to read the position of the valve. The EGR volume control position is con- P
trolled in a closed circuit via the potentiometer and/or the change in the estimated air deliver
TURBO CONTROL
The turbo system is self-regulating and does not need to be controlled by the ECM.
FUNCTION: STORED FUNCTIONS
Climate Control Management Assistance

EC-1097
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
With climate controlled models, the DCM1.2 system offers the possibility of deactivating the air conditioning
under certain usage conditions:
• Intentional interruption by the driver
• During the start-up phases
• In the event of overheating (in order to reduce the power to be supplied by the engine)
• When the speed is maintained at a very high level (protection of the compressor)
• For temporary periods (such as strong acceleration demands during overtaking, anti-stalling and moving
off). These conditions are only taken into account where they occur repeatedly, in order to avoid instability of
the system (untimely deactivations)
• When certain malfunctions arise
Cold Loop Climate Control
The climate control is the cold loop type and its management shared between a number of control units. The
ECM is responsible for:
• Managing the demand for cold as a function of the controls in the passenger compartment and the pressure
value
• Determining the power absorbed by the compressor from the pressure
• Determining the engine ventilator set commands as a function of the speed of the vehicle and the pressure
The driver turns on the climate control from the instrument panel. The information is sent to the ECM via the
CAN system. This demand for cold is authorized or declined as a function of the measured pressure. If this
pressure is outside the operational limits, the cold loop strategy is not activated.
NOTE:
These demands for operation of the air cooling set can be made from the ECM but they pass via the CAN.
These demands are a function of the climate control, but also the engine coolant temperature and the speed
of the vehicle.
Passenger Compartment Climate Control
A direct injection engine is characterized by injection of the fuel directly into the combustion chamber. The
result is a reduction in heat losses from the upper part of the engine and consequently a smaller cylinder head
cooling circuit is needed.
The effect of this reduction is that the temperature of the water passing through is increased more slowly. This
water is then used by the passenger compartment heating system. During severe cold spells, therefore, it
becomes difficult to quickly reach a comfortable temperature in the passenger compartment.
In order to limit the heating delay, air heating resistors are incorporated in the passenger compartment heating
circuit. The passenger compartment heating unit determines the need to operate the heating resistors, the
IPDM E/R physically controls the heating resistors and the ECM determines on the one hand as a function of
the alternator the operational power limits of the heating resistors and on the other when to disable the heating
resistors as a function of the engine speed, the load and the speed of the vehicle.
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006824693

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

EC-1098
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

EC

MBIB1481E F

1. Engine 2. Air filter unit 3. Air distributor

4. Exhaust manifold 5. EGR volume control valve 6. Turbocharger
G
7. ECM A. Air inlet B. Exhaust gas outlet

PURPOSE OF THE EGR SYSTEM

Exhaust gas recirculation is used to reduce the nitrogen oxide (NOx) content of the exhaust gases. H
The ECM authoresses gas to pass by controlling an EGR volume control valve.
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The valve is controlled by an RCO (Opening Cyclic Ratio) signal sent by the ECM. The RCO signal modulates I
the opening of the valve and consequently the quantity of exhaust gas directed back to the intake manifold.
The ECM continuously carries out a test to detect the position of the EGR volume control valve.
NOTE: J
The position of the EGR volume control valve is determined by the calculation of the amount of air taken in by
the engine.
OPERATING CONDITIONS K
The parameters which determine the activation of the EGR volume control valve are as follows:
• Engine coolant temperature
• Intake air temperature L
• Ambient barometric pressure
• Accelerator pedal position
• Injected fuel flow
• Engine speed M
Operating point for the EGR volume control valve test:
The EGR volume control valve is activated when:
• Intake air temperature is > 15 °C (59 °F) and engine coolant temperature is > 70 °C (158 °F) N
• Intake air temperature is > 50 °C (122 °F) and engine coolant temperature is > 40 °C (104 °F)
• Engine speed is between 850 and 1,000 rpm
• Injected fuel flow is between 2 and 5 mg/stroke
• Ambient barometric pressure is between 980 and 1,000 mbar O
In this case, the CONSULT-III can read an RCO value of the EGR volume control valve equals to 16%.
EGR function is disabled if: P
• Battery voltage is less than 9 V
• Engine speed is below 500 rpm
• Mapping (engine speed/load) exceeds a given threshold
• Air conditioning compressor is activated
The EGR volume control valve is not supplied for 2 seconds after the engine starts.
If there is a malfunction in:
• EGR volume control valve

EC-1099
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
• Turbocharger boost sensor
the operation of the EGR volume control valve is cut.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006824695

The ECM takes over calculation of the idle speed to maintain the idle speed at the recommended level and
tocompensate for any variation in the mechanical or electrical couple as regards:
• Engine coolant temperature
• Battery voltage
• Gear selected on the transmission
• Electrical loads (climate control system, cooling fan assembly etc.)
• Any malfunctions found
At the normal operating temperature, without high electrical load, the idle speed is 800 ± 50 rpm.
IDLE SPEED CORRECTION ACCORDING TO ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

MBIB1475E

X. Engine speed in rpm Y. Engine coolant temperature in °C

SPEED ADJUSTMENT WHEN THERE IS AN ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR MAL-

FUNCTION
• If one or both terminals of the accelerator pedal position sensor are suspected, the ECM overrides the idle
speed to maintain it at 1100 rpm. This fail-safe mode limits performance. The orange malfunction indicator
lights up and flashes.
• If the accelerator pedal position sensor is blocked, is no longer being supplied, or is not transmitting an out-
put signal, the ECM overrides the idle speed to maintain it at 1300 rpm. This mode limits performance. The
orange malfunction indicator lights up and flashes.
• In both cases, when the brake pedal is depressed, the idle speed is stabilized at the recommended speed.
• If the information from the accelerator pedal position sensor and the brake switch information does not cor-
respond, the speed is changed to 1100 rpm.
IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT WHEN THERE IS AN FUEL INJECTOR CODE MALFUNCTION
When there is an fuel injector code malfunction, the ECM overrides the idle speed to maintain it at 1300 rpm.
This mode limits performance. The orange malfunction indicator lights up and flashes.
CORRECTION OF THE IDLING SPEED ACCORDING TO THE GEAR RATIOS
The idling speed is modified according to the gear selected in the transmission:
• in neutral, 1st and 2nd gear, the speed is (at the normal operating temperature) 850 rpm (graph A),
• for the other gears, the speed is (at the normal operating temperature) 900 rpm (graph B).

EC-1100
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

EC

MBIB1476E F

X. Engine speed in rpm Y. Engine coolant temperature in °C

GLOW CONTROL G

GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006824697

H
The pre/post heating function is controlled by the glow relay.
PRE/POST HEATING (GLOW PLUG) OPERATING PRINCIPLE
“Preheating” at Ignition Switch ON I

1. Variable preheating
The time period for the glow lamp to light up and the feed to heater plugs depends on the engine coolant
temperature and the battery voltage. J

MBIB1477E

P
X. Time in seconds Y. Temperature in °C

Whatever the situation, the preheating glow lamp cannot be lit for more than 10 seconds (except in the
event of an engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction).
2. Fixed preheating
After the glow lamp goes out the plugs remain supplied for a fixed period of 5 seconds.
“Post Heating” With The Engine Running

EC-1101
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
During this phase the plugs are supplied continuously according to engine coolant temperature.
For idle speed without depressing the accelerator pedal.

MBIB1478E

X. Time in seconds Y. Engine coolant temperature in °C

GLOW PLUGS
The resistance of a glow plug is 0.6Ω.

TIGHTENING TORQUE
Glow plug: 1.5 N·m, 15 kg/cm, 13 in/lb
Plugs may be removed without having to open the high pressure circuit.
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery.
2. Unclip the plug connector.
3. Clean the outside of the plug to avoid any dirt entering the cylinder.
4. Loosen and remove the plugs.

MBIB1479E

To undo the plug on cylinder 4 use a 10 mm long radio socket attached to a universal joint. Once the plug
isloosened use a hose to unscrew it completely.
REFITTING
Proceed in the reverse order of removal.

EC-1102
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
COOLING FAN CONTROL
A
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006824699

The cooling fan motor is controlled by the ECM. EC

COOLING FAN OPERATION WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING
The cooling fan motor is controlled:
• At slow speed if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 96 °C (205 °F) or if there is an engine coolant tem- C
perature sensor malfunction, and is switched off when the temperature falls below 93 °C (199 °F).
• at high speed if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 99 °C (210 °F) or if there is a low speed malfunc-
tion, and is switched off when the temperature falls below 96 °C (205 °F).
The cooling fan motor low and high speeds are controlled when the air conditioning function is selected on the D
instrument panel.
If the low speed setting is suspected, the high speed setting operates under the low speed conditions.
E

MBIB1472E

OPERATION OF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT

The engine coolant temperature warning light remains lit if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 114 °C
(237 °F). It goes out when the temperature falls below 111 °C (232 °F).
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
EC-1103
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006833686

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL

The compressor is a variable displacement type.
The air conditioning relay is controlled by IPDM E/R.
COMPRESSOR OPERATION PROGRAMMING
During certain stages of operation, the ECM stops the compressor from functioning.
Engine Starting Program
The compressor is prevented from operating for 4 seconds after the engine has started.
Thermal Protection Program
The compressor is not engaged when the engine coolant temperature is higher than 115 °C (239 °F) or from
110 °C (230 °F) at high speed, 4500 rpm for more than 3 seconds.
Fan Motor Control Programming
At idling speed and also when driving, with the air conditioning activated, the speed of the fan motor is deter-
mined according to the refrigerant pressure and the vehicle speed.
Recovery of Performance
When pressure is applied to the accelerator pedal above 70%, the compressor is disengaged for 5 seconds.
Recovery of Output When The Vehicle Starts Moving
In order to help the vehicle move off, the air conditioning compressor is disengaged if the position of the accel-
erator pedal is above 35% and the idling speed less than 1250 rpm.
Anti-Stall Protection
The compressor is disengaged if the engine speed is lower than 750 rpm.
Engine Overspeed Timed Protection Program
The compressor is disengaged when the engine speed reaches 4500 rpm for more than 3 seconds.
NOTE:
The time between the compressor being disengaged twice is always greater than 10 seconds.
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING
OIL VAPOR REBREATHING : System Description INFOID:0000000006833685

MBIB1480E

1. Cylinder head cover 2. Oil vapour rebreathing duct 3. Oil vapour recirculation valve
4. Air inlet duct 5. Turbocharger

• A: When there is a low charge, the vacuum in the intake air duct is below the spring set point. The oil
vapours are extensively rebreathed by the vacuum in the intake air duct.

EC-1104
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
• B: When there is a medium or high charge, the pressure in the intake air duct exhausts the valve diaphragm,
the oil vapours are breathed in small quantities via a calibrated hole. A
CHECKING
To ensure the correct operation of the anti-pollution system, the oil vapour rebreathing circuit must be kept
clean and in good condition. EC
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006824705 C

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other D
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. E
Refer toLAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
F

EC-1105
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006824708

The ECM controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the
engine.
Four functions are involved here: The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] for the EOBD (European On
Board Diagnostics), the pre/post heating, the engine coolant temperature and engine malfunction [MI (Red)].
These four functions are represented by four lights given out by the ECM
GLOW LAMP
This lamp indicates that the glow control system has been activated.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE LIGHT
This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating.
• In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
The OBD malfunction indicator [MI (Yellow)] is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control sys-
tem malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the EOBD system is deactivated.
The ECM makes a request for lighting of the MI (Yellow) only where there is a malfunction present at the end
of three consecutive cycles.
The 3-second visual check upon powering up (automatic test procedure controlled by the IPDM E/R) is per-
formed by the ECM.
In the event of a confirmed OBD malfunction by lighting of the MI, no flashing of the light must be observed fol-
lowing the lighting test.
DTCs Causing MI to Light

DTC Description Characterization Reference page

Cylinder 1 injector control circuit
CC
P0201 (Open circuit)
CO
(Short circuit)
Cylinder 2 injector control circuit
CC
P0202 (Open circuit)
CO
(Short circuit)
EC-1187, "DTC Logic"
Cylinder 3 injector control circuit
CC
P0203 (Open circuit)
CO
(Short circuit)
Cylinder 4 injector control circuit
CC
P0204 (Open circuit)
CO
(Short circuit)
EGR volume control valve
P0400 4.DEF EC-1209, "DTC Logic"
(EGR volume control valve blocked open)
EGR volume control valve
P0403 CO.0 EC-1211, "DTC Logic"
(Open circuit or short circuit to ground)
EGR volume control valve control position sensor circuit
CO.0
P0487 (Open circuit or short circuit to ground) EC-1215, "DTC Logic"
CC.1
(Short circuit to +12V)

ENGINE WARNING LIGHT

In the event of an engine malfunction, the ECM may request the display of an engine warning light [MI (Red)].
HOW TO ERASE DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND 2ND TRIP DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased)

EC-1106
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
• If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or “NATS MALFUNC- A
TION”is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT-III using NATS program card.
• Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DAIG EC
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
• When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must
be carried out with CONSULT-III using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedure of NATS initial- C
ization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III operation manual, NATS.
REPLACING THE ECM
This vehicle is fitted with an engine immobilizer system which is controlled by a key recognition system. D
The ECM is supplied without a code but they must all be programmed with one.
If an ECM is replaced, it must be programmed with the code of the vehicle and the correct operation of the
engine immobilizer function must be checked. E
WARNING:
These vehicles have a special ECM which does not function unless it is coded.
Consequently, it is strongly recommended that you do not carry out tests using ECMs borrowed from F
the warehouse or on another vehicle to prevent coding and uncoding malfunctions which may leave
the ECM useless.
UNCODING PROCEDURE G
If the ECM has learnt a code and must be returned to the workshop, it is imperative that you uncode it before
removing it.
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006824709 H

FUNCTION
I
Diagnostic test mode Function
Ecu Identification ECM part number and homologation number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC can be read and erased quickly.* J
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test K
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
L
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE M
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to EC-1134, "DTC Index".
N
DATA MONITOR MODE

MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS

O
Engine speed computed from crankshaft position sensor
ENGINE SPEED rpm
is displayed.
States whether the immobilizer code has been pro- P
grammed by the ECM or not.
CODE PROGRAM Yes/No
• Yes: Code programmed
• No: Code not programmed by the ECM.
Indicates the status of the immobilizer system.
• INACT: The ECM has recognized the immobilizer code
ENG IMMOBILIZ ACTIV/INACT transmitted by the Intelligent Key unit or BCM.
• ACTIV: The ECM does not recognize the immobilizer
code transmitted by the Intelligent Key unit or BCM.

EC-1107
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]
MONITORED ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION REMARKS
A
The Intelligent Key unit or BCM requests fast idle speed
from the ECM.
• ABSNT: The Intelligent Key unit or BCM did not make
ACCEL IDL RQ ABSNT/PRESENT
the request. EC
• PRESENT: The Intelligent Key unit or BCM has made
the request.
A/C AUTHOR Yes/No Air conditioning request status is displayed.
C
INLET PRESS mbar Indicates the pressure in the turbocharger in mbar.
AIR FLOW mg/cp Total fuel flow is displayed.
C/U+AFTR IGN MISS/PRESENT Ignition switch status is displayed. D
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speedsig-
VEHICLE SPEED km/h
nal sent from combination meter is displayed.
Indicates whether or not starting has been authorized by E
the ECM.
AUTHORISED: The ECM has given starting authoriza-
STARTING ATHRD/PROHIVITED
tion.
PROHIBITED: The ECM has not given starting authoriza-
F
tion.
The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage of
RAIL PRESSURE bar G
the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
MAIN BRAKE SW ACTIV/INACT Stop lamp switch status is displayed.
CLUTCH PEDAL ACTIV/INACT Clutch pedal position switch status is displayed.
H
The fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage of
RAIL PRES SET bar
the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
FUEL FLOW mg/cp Total fuel flow is displayed.
I
CRS CN/S LMTR — This item is not used.
2ND BRK CNTCT ACTIV/INACT —
Indicates the actual value of the EGR volume control J
EGR PO RECOPY % valve position.
EGR PO RECOPY = EGR/V OPN REF
EGR volume control valve opening reference is dis- K
EGR/V OPN REF %
played.
RFRGERNT PRSS bar Refrigerant pressure is displayed.
PWR ABSOB A/C W Indicates the power used by the compressor L
PL PTNMR T1 V % Indicates the voltage supply percentage for the accelera-
tor pedal position sensor 1 and 2.
PL PTNMR T2 V % 10% < PL PTNMR T1 V < 20% M
5% < PL PTNMR T2 V < 15%
Indicates the EGR volume control valve control position
EGR POS SE VO V sensor voltage according to the valve position.
0.5V < EGR POS SE VO < 4.8V N
INLET TMP S V V Intake air temperature sensor voltage is displayed.
Indicates the voltage delivered by the ECM on the fuel rail
O
RAIL PRESS S V V pressure sensor.
0.5 V (0 bar) < RAIL PRES S V < 4.5 V (1600 bar)
H R ATHD MX P W —
P
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

EC-1109
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [K9K]

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

PREHEATER UNIT — — —
EGR SOLENOID VALVE — — —
INJECTOR CYLINDER1 — — —
INJECTOR CYLINDER2 — — —
INJECTOR CYLINDER3 — — —
INJECTOR CYLINDER4 — — —
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn fuel pump (High pres- • Harness and connector
Fuel pump makes an operating
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP sure pump) ON and OFF • Fuel pump (High pressure
sound.
with the CONSULT-III and pump)
listen to operation.
STATIC TEST — — —
HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T — — —

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item

WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE

PROGRAMMED VALUES — —
SAVIG DATA FOR REPLC CPU • In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
• In this mode, write data stored by “SAVIG DATA FOR REPLC
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced.*
CPU” in work support mode to ECM.
ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA — —
EGR ADAPTIVES — —
RESET PUMP FORCEFEEDING — —
RESET INJCTR ADAPTATIVE — —
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always perform the operation
according to procedures. Refer to EC-1158, "Work Procedure".

EC-1110
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006824710
EC

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks: C
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION D
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer Almost the same speed as the tachom-
ENGINE SPEED
indication. eter indication
• Ignition switch: ON E
CODE PROGRAM No
(Engine stopped)
• Ignition switch: ON
ENG IMMOBILIZ INACT
(Engine stopped) F
• Engine speed: Idle
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
IDLE REG REF Approximately 800 rpm
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
G
• Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL/PDL POS Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approximately 0%
(Engine stopped)
H
• Ignition switch: ON
##
(Engine stopped)

MOTOR • Engine speed: Idle

• Air conditioner switch: OFF I
CRANKING
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
• Ignition switch: ON J
No
(Engine stopped)

PRSNC CLMTSTN • Engine speed: Idle

• Air conditioner switch: OFF K
##
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
WATER TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
L
• Ignition switch: ON
EXT. AIR TMP Approximately -40°C (-40°F)
(Engine stopped)
• Ignition switch: ON
EGR SOL/V CNT INACT M
(Engine stopped)
• Ignition switch: ON
INACT
(Engine stopped)
N
DMND LNK COMP • Engine speed: Idle
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACTIV
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load O
• Ignition switch: ON
INLET AIR TMP Indicates intake air temperature
(Engine stopped)
FUEL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F) P
• Ignition switch: ON
FAN UNIT LOW INACT
(Engine stopped)
• Ignition switch: ON
FAN UNIT HIGH INACT
(Engine stopped)
BATTERY VOL • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

EC-1111
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
RFRGERNT PRSS Idle Approximately 5.7 bar
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load EC
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
PWR ABSOB A/C Idle Approximately 0 W
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
C
• Ignition switch: ON
PL PTNMR T1 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approximately 15 %
(Engine stopped)
D
• Ignition switch: ON
PL PTNMR T2 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approximately 6 %
(Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF E
EGR POS SE VO Idle Approximately 3.56 V
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
• Engine: After warming up F
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
INLET TMP S V Idle Approximately 1.6 V
• Shift lever: Neutral position
• No load
G
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approximately 1 V
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
RAIL PRESS S V
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm Approximately 1.5 V
• No load H
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
H R ATHD MX P Idle Approximately 20 W
• Shift lever: Neutral position
I
• No load

TERMINAL LAYOUT
J

JSBIA1070ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES M

NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery. N
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (1), loosen (B) it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
O
2 : ECM
A : Fasten
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. P

MBIB1518E

ECM Inspection Table

EC-1113
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Description
Terminal Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
No. Color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine stopped Approximately 0.76V EC
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Accelerator pedal position
110 SB Input [Ignition switch ON]
sensor 1
• Engine stopped C
Approximately 4.2V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor ground [Engine is running] D
111 R (Accelerator pedal position — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0.24V
sensor 1) • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
112 B ECM ground — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V E
• Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
F
Conformity Check INFOID:0000000006833925

ECM STATUS AND PARAMETERS G

Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status H
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
In the event of a malfunction, perform
1 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12 V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4 V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING I
SYSTEM.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the engine's rotational
2 Engine speed ENGINE SPEED the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335 J
speed in rpm.
CKP SENSOR.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the position of the acceler- the trouble diagnosis for APP SENSOR
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS K
3 ator pedal as a%. (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120) and
position 0%
ACCEL/PDL POS = 0% DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY.
Indicates the engine coolant temper- L
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant WATER TEMP ature in °C.
4 the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
temperature Warm: 90°C
ETC SENSOR.
Default value: 80°C
M
Indicates the intake air temperature In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera-
5 INLET AIR TMP in °C. This value is given by the IAT- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture
sensor. IAT SENSOR.
Indicates the fuel temperature in °C. N
FUEL TEMP In the event of a malfunction, perform
This value is given by the fuel tem-
6 Fuel temperature Cold = WATER TEMP the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180
perature sensor.
Warm: 50C FT SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
O
Indicates the ambient barometric If not consistent, check ATOMOS
ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA
7 Intake air pressure corporated in the ECM. MONITOR mode) and local ambient
P
Indicates the pressure in the turbo- barometric pressure, with the engine
INLET PRESS stopped and ignition switch ON.
charger in mbar.
Indicates the fuel rail pressure in
RAIL PRESSURE
Bar. In the event of a malfunction, perform
Warm or cold
8 Fuel rail pressure This pressure is supplied by the fuel the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190
- 90 bar < RAIL PRES-
rail pressure sensor. FRP SENSOR.
SURE > 90 bar
Default value: 2000 Bar.

EC-1121
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the current status of the
engine.
• + after ignition feed
• CRANKING
• RUNNING
• MAINTAINED SUPPLY: Supply
MOTOR
maintained during the power latch
9 Engine Engine NONE.
phase.
+ after ignition feed
• Stalled: When the engine has
stalled.
• PROTECTED: When a level 2
malfunction appears or when the
engine speed is limited to a certain
engine speed.
Indicates the status of the immobiliz-
er system.
• INACTIVE: The ECM has recog-
nized the immobilizer code trans-
ENG IMMOBILIZ mitted by the Intelligent Key unit or If ACTIVE, perform the trouble diagno-
10 Immobilizer
INACTIVE BCM. sis for NATS.
• ACTIVE: The ECM does not rec-
ognize the immobilizer code trans-
mitted by the Intelligent Key unit or
BCM.
States whether the immobilizer code
has been programmed by the ECM
CODE PROGRAM or not.
11 Code programmed If NO, replace ECM.
YES • YES: Code programmed
• NO: Code not programmed by the
ECM.
Indicates the vehicle speed in mph.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN
This parameter is transmitted by the
12 Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED communication line. Perform the trou-
combination meter via CAN commu-
ble diagnosis for combination meter.
nication line.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
In the event of a malfunction, perform
1 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.
ENGINE SPEED In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the engine's rotational
2 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335
speed in rpm.
Warm: 805 rpm CKP SENSOR.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the position of the acceler- the trouble diagnosis for APP SENSOR
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS
3 ator pedal as a%. (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120) and
position 0%
ACCEL/PDL POS = 0% DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY.
Indicates the engine coolant temper- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant WATER TEMP
4 ature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
temperature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR.
Indicates the ambient air tempera-
In the event of a malfunction, perform
External air ture in °C. This information is provid-
5 EXT. AIR TEMP the trouble diagnosis for this malfunc-
temperature ed by BCM via CAN communication
tion.
line.
INLET AIR TEMPCold Indicates the intake air temperature In the event of a malfunction, perform
Inlet air tempera-
6 = EXT AIR TEMP- in . This information is provided by the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture
Warm: 30°C the IAT sensor.Default value: 20°C. IAT SENSOR.

EC-1122
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action A
Indicates the fuel temperature in °C.
FUEL TEMP In the event of a malfunction, perform
This value is given by the fuel tem-
7 Fuel temperature Cold = WATER TEMP the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180 FT
perature sensor. EC
Warm: 50°C SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
Indicates the ambient barometric
pressure in mbar. The sensor is in-
ATOMOS PRESS corporated in the ECM.
C
If not consistent, check ATOMOS
600 mbar < Cold < 1050 mbar 600 PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA MON-
8 Intake air pressure mbar < Warm < 1050 mbar ITOR mode) and local ambient baro-
Indicates the pressure in the turbo- metric pressure, with the engine D
charger in mbar. stopped and ignition switch ON.
INLET PRESS
INLET PRESS = local ambient baro-
metric pressure
E
Indicates the fuel rail pressure in Bar.
RAIL PRESSURE In the event of a malfunction, perform
This pressure is supplied by the fuel
9 Fuel rail pressure Cold: 260 Bar the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190
rail pressure sensor.
Warm: 230 Bar FRP SENSOR.
Default value: 2000 Bar. F
START SUBFUNCTION
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON G

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
H
Indicates that the ECM is supplied In the event of a malfunction, perform
ECM + after ignition C/U+AFTR IGN with a + after ignition feed. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560
1
feed PRESENT • PRESENT BATTERY VOLTAGE or P0685 ECM
• MISS RELAY. I
Indicates whether or not starting has
been authorized by the ECM.
STARTING AUTHORISED: The ECM has given If PROHIBITED perform the trouble di- J
2 Starting
AUTHORISED starting authorization. agnosis for preheating system.
PROHIBITED: The ECM has not giv-
en starting authorization.
K
Indicates the current status of the en-
gine.
• + after ignition feed
• CRANKING L
• RUNNING
MOTOR • MAINTAINEDSUPPLY: Supply
3 Engine Engine maintained during the power latch NONE.
+ after ignition feed phase. M
• Stalled: When the engine has
stalled.
• Protected: When a malfunction ap-
pears or when the engine speed is N
limited to a certain engine speed.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 13.5V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING O
SYSTEM.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

P

EC-1123
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates that the ECM is supplied In the event of a malfunction, perform
Computer + after C/U+ AFTR IGN with a + after ignition feed. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560
1
ignition feed PRESENT • PRESENT BATTERY VOLTAGE or P0685 ECM
• MISS RELAY.
Indicates whether or not starting has
been authorized by the ECM.
STARTING AUTHORISED: The ECM has given If PROHIBITED perform the trouble di-
2 Starting
AUTHORISED starting authorization. agnosis for preheating system.
PROHIBITED: The ECM has not giv-
en starting authorization.
Indicates the current status of the en-
gine.
• + after ignition feed
• CRANKING
• RUNNING
• MAINTAINED
MOTOR
SUPPLY: Supply maintained dur-
3 Engine Engine NONE.
ing the power latch phase.
+ after ignition feed
• Stalled: When the engine has
stalled.
• Protected: When a malfunction
appears or when the engine speed
is limited to a certain engine
speed.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 13V < BATTERY VOL < 14V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.

PROTECTION SUBFUNCTION
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the status of the immobilizer
system.
• INACTIVE: The ECM has recog-
nized the immobilizer code trans-
ENG IMMOBILIZ mitted by the Intelligent Key unit or If ACTIVE, perform the trouble diagno-
1 Immobilizer
INACTIVE BCM. sis for NATS.
• ACTIVE: The ECM does not recog-
nize the immobilizer code transmit-
ted by the Intelligent Key unit or
BCM.
States whether the immobilizer code
has been programmed by the ECM or
CODE PROGRAM not.
2 Code programmed If NO, replace ECM.
YES • YES: Code programmed
• NO: Code not programmed by the
ECM.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
3 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 13.5V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

EC-1124
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

Parameter or status A
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the status of the immobi-
lizer system.
EC
• INACTIVE: The ECM has recog-
nized the immobilizer code
ENG IMMOBLIZ transmitted by the Intelligent Key If ACTIVE, perform the trouble diagno-
1 Immobilizer
INACTIVE unit or BCM. sis for NATS. C
• ACTIVE: The ECM does not rec-
ognize the immobilizer code
transmitted by the Intelligent Key
unit or BCM. D
States whether the immobilizer
code has been programmed by the
CODE PROGRAM computer or not. E
2 Code programmed If NO, replace ECM.
YES • YES: Code programmed
• NO: Code not programmed by
the ECM.
In the event of a malfunction, perform F
3 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 13V < BATTERY VOL < 14V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.
G
SUB SYSTEM COLD LOOP
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON
H
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
States whether the vehicle is fitted I
with air conditioning or not.
If not consistent with the vehicle equip-
Air conditioning PRSNC CLMTSTN • YES: Air conditioning is detected
1 ment, perform the trouble diagnosis for
present YES by the ECM.
CAN communication line.
• NO: Air conditioning is not detect- J
ed by the ECM.
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R
(via CAN communication) to start
K
the compressor
• ACTIVE: The CAN communica-
tion should not be suspected on
the Automatic Transmission, L
IPDM E/R or Intelligent Key unit
or BCM system.
Compressor DMND LNK COMP The Intelligent Key unit or BCM
2 NONE.
engagement request INACTIVE should request the ECM to be en- M
gaged.
The refrigerant pressure sensor
should not be suspected. Satis-
factory engine operating condi- N
tions (engine coolant
temperature, engine load etc.).
• INACTIVE: One of the above
conditions has not been fulfilled. O
Non operational information, de-
signed solely for trouble diagnosis
purposes. P
• YES: Satisfactory engine operat-
ing conditions (engine coolant
Air conditioning A/C AUTHOR
3 temperature, engine load etc.). NONE.
authorization YES
The vehicle is not in a specific
movement phase (hill start or
stop etc.).
• NO: One of the above conditions
has not been fulfilled.

EC-1125
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the value in Bar for the re-
In the event of a malfunction, perform
frigerant fluid in the system.
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0530
4 Refrigerant pressure RFRGERNT PRES 2 Bar < RFRGERNT PRES < 27
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SEN-
Bar
SOR.
Default value: 0 Bar
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the engine's rotational
5 Engine speed ENGINE SPEED the trouble diagnosis for dtc P0335
speed in rpm.
CKP SENSOR.
The Intelligent Key unit or BCM re-
In the event of a malfunction, perform
quests fast idle speed to the ECM.
the trouble diagnosis for CAN commu-
Fast idle speed re- ACCEL IDL RQ • ABSENT: The Intelligent Key unit
6 nication line. Perform the trouble diag-
quest ABSENT or BCM did not make the request
nosis for the Intelligent Key unit or
• PRESENT: The Intelligent Key
BCM.
unit or BCM has made a request
Indicates the engine coolant tem- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
7 perature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR.
Indicates the vehicle speed in mph. Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN
This parameter is transmitted by the communication line.
8 Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED
combination meter via CAN com- Perform the trouble diagnosis for com-
munication line. bination meter.
Power used by the PWR ABSOB A/C Indicates the power used by the
9 NONE.
AC compressor 0 WATT compressor
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to
start the fan.
• INACTIVE: Engine speed = 0
rpm.
FAN UNIT LOW
10 Fan speed request* • ACTIVE: Engine speed = idle NONE.
INACTIVE
speed, correct refrigerant pres-
sure and vehicle speed = 0 km/h
or high engine coolant tempera-
ture.
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to
start the fans.
• INACTIVE: Engine speed = 0
rpm.
FAN UNIT HIGH
11 Fan speed request* • ACTIVE: Engine speed = idle NONE.
INACTIVE
speed.
Refrigerant pressure > 15 Bar,
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or high
coolant temperature.
*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, FAN UNIT LOW will always be “ACTIVE”
and FAN UNIT HIGH “INACTIVE” (except refrigerant pressure> 15 bar, vehicle speed = 0 km/h and high engine coolant temperature).
The fan is prevented from operating under certain engine coolant temperature conditions when driving.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

EC-1126
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the vehicle speed in mph. Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN
This parameter is transmitted by the communication line.
8 Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED
combination meter via CAN com- Perform the trouble diagnosis for com-
munication line. bination meter.
Power used by the PWR ABSOB A/C Indicates the power used by the
9 NONE.
AC compressor 0 WATT compressor
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to
start the fan.
• INACTIVE: The request is not
made by the ECM because
DMND LNK COMP = INACTIVE
and A/C AUTHOR = NO.
FAN UNIT LOW
• ACTIVE: The request is made by
INACTIVE
the ECM.
DMND LNK COMP = ACTIVE
and A/C AUTHOR = YES. (cor-
rect refrigerant pressure and ve-
hicle speed = 0 km/h or high
engine coolant temperature).
10 Fan speed request* NONE.
The ECM requests the IPDM E/R to
start the fan.
• INACTIVE: The request is not
made by the ECM because
DMND LNK COMP = INACTIVE
and A/C AUTHOR = NO.
FAN UNIT HIGH
• ACTIVE: The request is made by
INACTIVE
the ECM.
DMND LNK COMP = ACTIVE
and A/C AUTHOR = YES.
Refrigerant pressure > 15 Bar,
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or high
engine coolant temperature.
*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, FAN UNIT LOW will always be “ACTIVE”
and FAN UNIT HIGH “INACTIVE” (except refrigerant pressure > 15 bar, vehicle speed = 0 km/ h and high engine coolant temperature).
The fan is prevented from operating under certain engine coolant temperature conditions when driving.

HEATING SUBFUNCTION
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the engine coolant tem- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
1 perature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ECT SENSOR.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the engine coolant tem- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
1 perature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ECT SENSOR.

FUEL CIRCUIT SUB FUNCTION

Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

EC-1128
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

Parameter or status A
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
FUEL TEMP In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the fuel temperature in °C.
1 Fuel temperature Cold = WATER TEMP the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180
Default value: 30°C. EC
Warm: 50°C FT SENSOR.
FUEL FLOW Indicates the fuel flow injected in
2 Fuel flow 0.0 mg/piston mg/piston stroke for each injector. NONE.
stroke FUEL FLOW = 0 mg/piston stroke C
Indicates the fuel rail pressure in
RAIL PRESSURE
Bar. In the event of a malfunction, perform
Cold and warm:
3 Fuel rail pressure This pressure is supplied by the fuel the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190 D
- 90 bar < RAIL
rail pressure sensor. FRP SENSOR.
PRESSURE < 90 bar
Default value: 2000 Bar.
RAIL PRES SET E
375 bar (Engine start- Indicates a theoretical pressure val-
Fuel rail pressure set ing pressure instruc- ue for optimum engine operation.
4 NONE.
point tion) 300 bar < RAIL PRES SET < 500
Cold: 500 Bar bar. F
Warm: 300 Bar
Indicates the voltage delivered by
RAIL PRES S V the ECM on the fuel rail pressure
5
Fuel rail pressure
Cold: 0.5V sensor. NONE.
G
sensor voltage
Cold: 4.5V 0.5V < RAIL PRES S V < 4.5V
Default value: 4.5V
In the event of a malfunction, perform H
Indicates the engine's rotational
6 Engine speed ENGINE SPEED the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335
speed in rpm.
CKP SENSOR.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle I

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action J
FUEL TEMP In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the fuel temperature in °C.
1 Fuel temperature Cold = WATER TEMP the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180
Default value: 30°C.
Warm: 50°C FT SENSOR.
K
FUEL FLOW
10 < Cold < 2 mg/pis-
Indicates the fuel flow injected in
2 Fuel flow ton stroke NONE.
mg/piston stroke for each injector. L
4 < Warm < 6 mg/pis-
ton stroke
Indicates the fuel rail pressure in
RAIL PRESSURE Bar. In the event of a malfunction, perform M
3 Fuel rail pressure Cold: 260 Bar This pressure is supplied by the fuel the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190
Warm: 230 Bar rail pressure sensor. FRP SENSOR.
Default value: 2000 Bar.
N
RAIL PRES SET
375 bar. (Engine start-
Fuel rail pressure ing pressure specifi- Indicates a theoretical pressure val-
4 NONE.
set point cation). ue for optimum engine operation. O
Cold: 260 Bar
Warm: 230 Bar
Indicates the voltage delivered by
the ECM on the fuel rail pressure P
Fuel rail pressure
5 RAIL PRES S V sensor. NONE.
sensor voltage
0.5 V (0 bar) < RAIL PRES S V < 4.5
V (1600 bar)
ENGINE SPEED In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the engine's rotational
6 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm V the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
speed in rpm.
Warm: 805 rpm ECT SENSOR.

EC-1129
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUBFUNCTION
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the engine coolant tem- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
1 perature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR.
Indicates the ambient air tempera-
In the event of a malfunction, perform
External air ture in °C. This information is provid-
2 EXT. AIR TEMP the trouble diagnosis for this malfunc-
temperature ed by BCM via CAN communication
tion.
line.
Indicates the intake air temperature
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided
3 = EXT AIR TEMP- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture by the IAT sensor.
Warm: 30°C IAT SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the engine coolant In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
1 temperature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ETC SENSOR.
Indicates the ambient air temperature In the event of a malfunction, perform
External air
2 EXT. AIR TEMP in °C. This information is provided by the trouble diagnosis for this malfunc-
temperature
BCM via CAN communication line. tion.
Indicates the intake air temperature
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided by
3 = EXT AIR TEMP- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture the IAT sensor.
Warm: 30°C IAT SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
In the event of a malfunction, perform
4 Battery voltage BATTERY VOL 12 V < BATTERY VOL < 14.4V the trouble diagnosis for CHARGING
SYSTEM.

AIR CIRC SUBFUNCTION (TURBOCHARGING/INLET.)

Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the intake air temperature
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided by
1 = EXT AIR TEMP- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070
ture the IAT sensor.
Warm: 30°C IAT SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
Indicates the ambient barometric If not consistent, check ATOMOS
ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA
2 Intake air pressure corporated in the ECM. MONITOR mode) and local ambient
Indicates the pressure in the turbo- barometric pressure, with the engine
INLET PRESS stopped and ignition switch ON.
charger in mbar.
3 Air flow AIR FLOW Mass air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.

EC-1130
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action A
Indicates the voltage delivered by the
Intake air tempera-
4 INLET TMP S V ECM to supply the intake air temper- NONE.
ture sensor voltage
ature sensor. EC
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the engine's rotational
5 Engine speed ENGINE SPEED the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335
speed in rpm.
CKP SENSOR.
C
Test Condition: Engine at Idle

Parameter or status D
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the intake air temperature
INLET AIR TEMPCold In the event of a malfunction, perform
Intake air tempera- in °C. This information is provided by
1 = EXT AIR TEMP- the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0070 E
ture the IAT sensor.
Warm: 30°C IAT SENSOR.
Default value: 30°C.
Indicates the ambient barometric If not consistent, check ATOMOS
ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA F
2 Air circuit pressure corporated in the ECM. MONITOR mode) and local ambient
Indicates the pressure in the turbo- barometric pressure, with the engine
INLET PRESS stopped and ignition switch ON.
charger in mbar. G
AIR FLOW
350 < Cold< 400 mg/
3 Air flow piston stroke Air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.
H
300 < Warm < 350
mg/piston stroke
Indicates the voltage delivered by
Intake air tempera- I
4 INLET TMP S V the ECM to supply the intake air NONE.
ture sensor voltage
temperature sensor.
ENGINE SPEED In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the engine's rotational
5 Engine speed Cold: 900 rpm V
speed in rpm.
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335 J
Warm: 805 rpm CKP SENSOR.

ENGINE COOLING SUB FUNCTION

K
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status
Order Function
check or action
Display and notes Trouble diagnosis L
Indicates the engine coolant temper- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
1 ature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C ECT SENSOR. M
Test Condition: Engine at Idle

Parameter or status
N
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the engine coolant temper- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
1 ature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115 O
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80 °C. ECT SENSOR.

DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB FUNCTION

P
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

EC-1131
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the percentage of the ac-
the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS celerator pedal position between no
1 SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120)
position 0% load and full load position.
and DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER
0% < ACCEL/PDL POS < 100%
SUPPLY.
PL PTNMR T1 V Indicates the voltage supply percent- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Accelerator pedal 16% age for the accelerator pedal posi- the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
2 position sensor volt- tion sensor 1 and 2. SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120)
age PL PTNMR T2 V 10% < PL PTNMR T1 V < 20% and DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER
7% 5% < PL PTNMR T2 V < 15% SUPPLY.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the percentage of the ac-
the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS celerator pedal position between no
1 SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120)
position 0% load and full load position.
and DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER
0% < ACCEL/PDL POS < 100%
SUPPLY.
PL PTNMR T1 V Indicates the voltage supply per- In the event of a malfunction, perform
Accelerator pedal 16% centage for the accelerator pedal the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
2 position sensor volt- position sensor 1 and 2. SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120)
age PL PTNMR T2 V 10% < PL PTNMR T1 V < 20% and DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER
7% 5% < PL PTNMR T2 V < 15% SUPPLY.

ANTIPOLLUTION/OBD SUBFUNCTION
Test Condition: Engine Stopped and Ignition Switch ON

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
Indicates the condition of the EGR
volume control.
EGR SOL/V CNT • INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
1 EGR volume control NONE.
INACTIVE trolled by the ECM.
• ACTIVE: The valve is controlled
by the ECM.
If not consistent, check ATOMOS
Indicates the ambient barometric PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA
Ambient barometric
2 ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- MONITOR mode) and local ambient
pressure
corporated in the ECM. barometric pressure, with the engine
stopped and ignition switch ON.
3 Mass air flow AIR FLOW Air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE.
FUEL FLOW Indicates the fuel flow out of the fuel
4 Fuel flow NONE.
0.0 mg/piston stroke pump in mg/piston stroke.
Indicates a theoretical EGR volume
EGR/V OPN REF control valve opening value for opti-
EGR volume control
5 Warm or cold mum engine operation. NOTE.
valve control
= - 50 EGR/V OPN REF = EGR PO RE-
COPY
Indicates the actual value of the
EGR volume control EGR PO RECOPY
EGR volume control valve position.
6 valve position feed- Warm or cold NOTE.
EGR PO RECOPY = EGR/V OPN
back = - 50
REF

EC-1132
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action A
Indicates the EGR volume control
valve control position sensor volt-
age according to the valve position. EC
EGR volume control
EGR POS SE VO • INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
7 valve control posi- NOTE.
1.09 V trolled by the ECM
tion sensor voltage
• ACTIVE: The valve is controlled
by the ECM. C
0.5V < EGR POS SE VO < 4.8V
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the percentage of the ac-
the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN- D
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS celerator pedal position between no
8 SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120)
position 0% load and full load position.
and DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER
ACCEL/PDL POS = 0%
SUPPLY.
Indicates the engine coolant tem- In the event of a malfunction, perform E
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
9 perature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ECT SENSOR.

Test Condition: Engine at Idle F

Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action G
Indicates the condition of the EGR
volume control.
EGR SOL/V CNT • INACTIVE: The valve is not con- H
1 EGR volume control NONE.
INACTIVE trolled by the ECM.
• ACTIVE: The valve is controlled
by the ECM.
If not consistent, check ATOMOS I
Indicates the ambient barometric PRESS, INLET PRESS (in DATA
Ambient barometric
2 ATOMOS PRESS pressure in mbar. The sensor is in- MONITOR mode) and local ambient
pressure
corporated in the ECM. barometric pressure, with the engine
J
stopped and ignition switch ON.
AIR FLOW
350 < Cold < 400
3 Air flow mg/piston stroke Air flow estimated by the ECM. NONE. K
300 < Warm< 350
mg/piston stroke
FUEL FLOW L
10 < Cold < 12
Indicates the fuel flow out of the fuel
4 Fuel flow mg/piston stroke NONE.
pump in mg/piston stroke.
4 < Warm < 6
mg/piston stroke M
Indicates a theoretical EGR volume
EGR volume control EGR/V OPN REF
5 control valve opening value for opti- NONE.
valve control Warm: 20%
mum engine operation. N
EGR volume control Indicates the actual value of the
EGR PO RECOPY
6 valve position feed- EGR volume control valve position. NONE.
Warm: approx. 20%
back Default value: 30%
O
Indicates the EGR volume control
valve control position sensor volt-
age according to the valve position.
EGR volume control P
• INACTIVE: The valve is not con-
7 valve control position EGR POS SE VO NONE.
trolled by the ECM.
sensor voltage
• ACTIVE: The valve is controlled
by the ECM.
0.5 V < EGR POS SE VO < 4.8 V

EC-1133
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [K9K]
Parameter or status
Order Function Display and notes Trouble diagnosis
check or action
In the event of a malfunction, perform
Indicates the percentage of the
the trouble diagnosis for APP SEN-
Accelerator pedal ACCEL/PDL POS pedal position between no load and
8 SOR (DTC P0225, P0651 and P2120)
position 0% full load position
and DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER
0 < ACCEL/PDL POS < 100%
SUPPLY.
Indicates the engine coolant In the event of a malfunction, perform
Engine coolant tem- WATER TEMP
9 temperature in °C. the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115
perature Warm: 90°C
Default value: 80°C. ECT SENSOR.

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006834556

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

Items MI lighting up
DTC* Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen item) Red Yellow
PC001 MULTIPLXD NETWORK 3 × – EC-1168
P0016 COHERENCE CMSFT/SN 3 – – EC-1169
P0070 AIR TEMP SEN CIRC 3 – – EC-1170
P0087 FLOW CAPACITY 3 × – EC-1172
P0089 RAIL PRESS REGULTN 3 × – EC-1174
P0100 AIR FLOW SEN CIRC 3 – – EC-1175
P0110 IN AIR TMP SEN CIR 3 – – EC-1176
P0115 WATER TMP SEN CIRC 3 – – EC-1178
P0170 INJECTOR CODE PROG 3 – – EC-1180
P0180 FUEL TEMP SEN CIRC 3 – – EC-1181
P0190 RAIL/PRESS SEN CIR 3 × – EC-1183
P0200 INJECTOR CTRL CIRC 3 × – EC-1185
P0201 CYL 1 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × EC-1187
P0202 CYL 2 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × EC-1187
P0203 CYL 3 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × EC-1187
P0204 CYL 4 INJ CTRL CIR 3 × × EC-1187
P0225 PDL POTEN CIRC TK1 3 × – EC-1190
P0231 L/PR ACTR CTRL CIR 3 × – EC-1192
P0235 IN-MANI PRES CIRC 3 × – EC-1194
P0263 MISFIRE ON CYL 1 3 × – EC-1196
P0266 MISFIRE ON CYL 2 3 × – EC-1196
P0269 MISFIRE ON CYL 3 3 × – EC-1196
P0272 MISFIRE ON CYL 4 3 × – EC-1196
P0325 ACCELEROMETER CIRC 3 – – EC-1198
P0335 ENGNE SPD SEN CIRC 3 × – EC-1200
P0340 CAMSHAFT SEN CIRC 3 – – EC-1202
P0380 PRHT DGNSTC CNECT 3 – – EC-1205
P0382 PRHT UNIT CTRL CIR 3 – – EC-1207
P0400 EGR SOL/VLV CIRC 3 × × EC-1209
P0403 EGR COMMAND CIRC 3 × × EC-1211
P0409 EGR POIFTN SEN CIR 3 – – EC-1213
P0487 EGR POSITN OFFSET 3 – × EC-1215
P0500 VEHL/SPD INF CIRC 3 – – EC-1217

EC-1134
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [K9K]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006824712

JCBWM2508GB

EC-1136
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000006833992
EC

SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT

This document presents the trouble diagnosis method applicable to all ECMs with the following specifications: C

Vehicle(s): K13 with K9K

DELPHI, DIRECT DIESEL INJECTION, D
Function concerned:
COMMON RAIL MULTI INJECTION
Name of ECM: INJECTION DCM1.2
Program No.: 4D E
VDIAG No.: 48

PREREQUISITES FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS F

To begin trouble diagnosis, it is essential to have the following items available:
Documentation Type
G
Diagnostic procedures:
• Assisted with CONSULT-III, Service Manual.
• Wiring diagrams.
Special tool required PLUGGED RAIL tools H

REMINDERS
Trouble Diagnosis: I
There are present DTCs and stored DTCs (which appeared in a certain context and have since disappeared
or which are still present but have not had trouble diagnosis performed on them in the current context).
The “present” or “stored” status of DTCs must be considered when activating the diagnostic tool after power is J
supplied to the ECM (without activating the system components).
Deal with present DTCs according to the procedure specified in the corresponding DTC trouble diagnosis.
For stored DTCs, note the DTCs displayed and follow the instructions in the Notes section.
If the DTC is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the malfunction is present. Deal K
with the DTC.
If the DTC is not confirmed, check: L
• Electrical lines which correspond to the malfunction
• Connectors for these lines (for oxidation, bent pins, etc.)
• Resistance of the malfunction component
• Condition of the wires (melted or cut insulation, wear) M
Conformity Check
The conformity check is designed to check the states and data monitor items which do not display any DTCs
on the diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore allows: N
• Diagnoses malfunctions that do not have a DTC display, and which may correspond to a customer com-
plaint.
• Checks that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a DTC reappearing after repairs. O
This section gives the trouble diagnosis procedures for states and parameters and the conditions for checking
them.
If a state is not operating normally or a data monitor value is outside permitted tolerance values, you should
consult the corresponding trouble diagnosis page. P
Customer Complaints - Trouble Diagnosis
If the test with the CONSULT-III is OK, but the customer complaint still present, the malfunction should be
treated by customer complaints.

A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is pro-

vided on the next page in the form of a flow chart.

EC-1147
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006824713

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JMBIA0634GB

Wiring Control
Diagnostics malfunctions
Removing the connectors and/or handling the wirings may temporarily remove the origin of a DTC. The mea-
surements of the electrical voltages, resistance and insulation are generally correct, especially when the DTC
is not present at the time of the analysis (stored DTC).

EC-1148
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
Visual Check
Look for impacts under the bonnet and in the passenger compartment. A
Perform a careful check of the protections, insulation and correct running of wirings.
Look for traces of oxidation.
Tactile Check
EC
While manipulating the wirings, use the diagnostic tool to detect a change in DTC states from “stored” to
“present”.
Ensure that the connectors are correctly engaged.
Apply light stresses to the connectors. C
Gently manipulate the wiring harness.
If a change of state occurs, try to isolate the origin of the incident.
Examination of Each Element D
Disconnect the connectors and check the appearance of the clips and blades and their crimping (no crimping
on the insulating part).
Check that the clips and blades are properly engaged in the receptacles.
Ensure that there is no rebounding of clips or blades at the time of connection. E
Check the contact pressure of the clips using a suitable model blade.
Resistance Control
Test the continuity of the lines in their entirety, then section by section. F
Try to create a short-circuit to earth, on the + 12 V or with another wire.
If a DTC is detected, repair or replace the wiring.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS G
All work on components requires that the safety rules be obeyed to prevent damage or injury:
• Make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the ECM with a low charge.
• Use the proper tools.
H
Cleanliness instructions which must be followed when working on the high-pressure direct injection system:
Risks Relating to Contamination:
The system is very sensitive to contamination. The risks caused by the introduction of contamination are dam-
I
age to or destruction of the high-pressure injection system and the engine, seizing or incorrect sealing of a
component.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (par-
ticles a few microns in size) get into the system during dismantling or into the circuits via the fuel unions. J
The cleanliness guidelines must be applied from the filter through to the injectors.
• What are the sources of contamination?
Contamination is caused by: K
- Metal or plastic chips
- Paint
- Fibres from cardboard, brushes, paper, clothing, cloths
- Foreign bodies such as hair L
- Ambient atmosphere, etc.
WARNING:
Before working on the injection system, ensure that the system pressure is nearing 0 bar. M
CAUTION:
it is not possible to clean the engine using a high-pressure washer because of the risk of damaging
the connections. In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and cause electrical connection
N
malfunctions.
Instructions to Be Followed before Any Work is Carried Out on The Injection System:
• Ensure that you have the plugs for the unions to be opened (bag of plugs available from the Parts Stores, O
NISSAN part No:16830 BN700, Renault part No: 77 01 206 804). Plugs are to be used once only. After use,
they must be thrown away (once used they are soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to make them reusable).
Unused plugs must be thrown away.
• Ensure that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. There is less risk of P
parts stored in this way being exposed to contamination. The bags must be used only once, and after use
they must be thrown away.
• Ensure that lint-free towelettes are used for injection pump related service purposes. The use of a normal
cloth or paper for cleaning purposes is prohibited. They are not lint-free and may contaminate the fuel circuit
of the system. A lint-free cloth should only be used once.
Instructions to Be Followed before Opening The Fuel Circuit:
Use new thinner for each operation (used thinner contains impurities). Pour it into a clean receptacle.
EC-1149
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.
Blow compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, cleaned the same way as the parts, connections and injec-
tion system zone). Check that no bristles remain adhering.
Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
When wearing leather protective gloves, cover them with latex gloves.
Instructions to Be Followed During The Operation:
As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system.
The plugs to be used are available from the Parts Stores. They must not, under any circumstances, be reused.
Close the resealable bag, even if it has to be reopened shortly afterwards. The ambient atmosphere carries
impurities.
All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once
the plugs have been inserted.
The use of a brush, thinner, bellows, sponge or normal cloth is strictly forbidden once the circuit has been
opened.
These items are likely to allow contaminants to enter the system.
A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the
vehicle.
ECM REPLACEMENT, PROGRAMMING OR REPROGRAMMING OPERATION
Following items can be (re)programmed via the DLC using the CONSULT-III.
• System configuration
• Injector adjustment value
Before replacing the ECM in after-sales operations, the following data must be readout using CONSULT-III:
• The injector adjustment values to be noted to appropriate paper or CONSULT-III copying function.
NOTE:
The injector adjustment value for each fuel injector must be entered manually after the ECM has been
replaced or (re)programmed by reading the injector adjustment value on each fuel injector.
IMPORTANT: It is not possible to test an ECM from the parts stores because it cannot be fitted to any other
vehicle.
REPLACING THE INJECTORS
NOTE:
The injector adjustment value is a calibration made on each fuel injector in the factory in order to adjust its flow
precisely.
These injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered into the ECM
which then controls each fuel injector taking into account its individual manufacturing variations.
When replacing one or more fuel injectors, the parameters of the fuel injector output concerned must be mod-
ified. The system can be configured using the CONSULT-III.

EC-1150
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Basic Test Procedure INFOID:0000000006835140

DESCRIPTION EC
NOTE:
Only consult the tests after following the diagnostic procedure chart.
Some specific checks are grouped under the “tests” heading and are used as required in different diagnostic C
charts.

Basic test Trouble diagnosis Reference page

D
"TEST 1: LOW
Low pressure circuit check TEST 1 PRESSURE CIR-
CUIT CHECK"
"TEST 2: ELEC-
E
Electrical circuit check TEST 2 TRICAL CIRCUIT
CHECK"
"TEST 3: FUEL IN- F
Fuel injector check TEST 3
JECTOR CHECK"
"TEST 4: PARAM-
Parameter check TEST 4
ETER CHECK" G
"TEST 5: AIR IN-
Air inlet circuit check TEST 5 LET CIRCUIT
CHECK"
H
"TEST 6: ECM
ECM check TEST 6
CHECK"
"TEST 7: HIGH I
High pressure pump check TEST 7 PRESSURE SYS-
TEM CHECK"
"TEST 8: HIGH-
PRESSURE CIR- J
High pressure circuit leak check TEST 8
CUIT LEAK
CHECK"
"TEST 9: FUEL IN- K
Fuel injector leak check TEST 9 JECTOR LEAK
CHECK"
"TEST 10: FUEL L
INJECTOR RE-
Fuel injector return flow in starting phase TEST 10 TURN FLOW IN
STARTING
PHASE" M
"TEST 11: FUEL
Fuel filter check TEST 11
FILTER CHECK"

TEST 1: LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT CHECK N

1.CHECK CONFORMITY
Check the conformity of the low pressure connections. O
Is the low pressure circuit connection correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. P
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
2.CHECK FOR LEAK
Look for leaks on the unions.
Are there leaks in the hoses and unions?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
EC-1151
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter.
Is the fuel filter correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Replace the fuel filter with an original part. Refer to FL-24, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK FOR WATER
Check for water in the fuel filter.
Is there water in the fuel filter?
Yes or No
Yes >> Drain the water from the fuel filter.
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FOR AIR BUBBLES
Check for air bubbles in the fuel filter.
Are there any air bubbles in the low pressure circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 7.
6.BLEED AIR
Bleed the low pressure circuit.
Place a container under the fuel filter:
• Disconnect the return hose at the fuel filter and block the fuel filter.
• Pump using the vacuum pump until there is no air left.
• Reconnect the return hose immediately.

>> INSPECTION END

7.INSPECTION END
Low pressure circuit OK.

>> INSPECTION END

TEST 2: ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT CHECK
1.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check the battery charge and ensure that the alternator is working properly.
Is the charge circuit correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
2.CHECK FUSE
Check the fuses.
Are the fuses correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY
Check that the ECM relay is in working order.
Is the ECM relay working properly?
Yes or No

EC-1152
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Replace the relay. A
4.CHECK ENGINE GROUND
Test the engine ground.
EC
Is the engine ground correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
C
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
5.INSPECTION END
The electrical circuit is OK. D

>> INSPECTION END

E
TEST 3: FUEL INJECTOR CHECK
1.VISUALLY CHECK
Visually inspect the fuel injector wells. F
Is there fuel in the fuel injector wells?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the fuel injector. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View". G
No >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST H
Perform “ACTIVE TEST”.
Can you hear the fuel injector valve moving?
Yes or No I
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Carry out test 11. If test 11 is OK, replace the fuel injector. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK RETURN FLOW J
Compare the return flow of the four fuel injectors when hot using a measuring cylinder. See TEST 9.
Does one of the four fuel injectors have a greater return flow than the others?
Yes or No K
Yes >> Replace the fuel injector with an unusually high return flow (leak at the valve). Refer to EM-318,
"Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK NO.1 CYLINDER
Disconnect cylinder No. 1 fuel injector. M
Is there a noticeable change in engine noise?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. N
No >> Replace fuel injector No.1 with a new part. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK ANOTHER CYLINDER
Reconnect cylinder No. 1 fuel injector. O
Carry out the same test on the other cylinders to identify a possible suspected fuel injector.
The injector is sound.
P
>> INSPECTION END
TEST 4: PARAMETER CHECK
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Use the CONSULT-III to check that injector adjustment value corresponds to the fuel injectors.
Is injector adjustment value correctly filled in?

EC-1153
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.ENTER INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Use the CONSULT-III to program injector adjustment value into the memory, paying attention to the cylinder
numbers.

>> INSPECTION END

3.INSPECTION END
Check that the “DATA MONITOR” value (parameter) are consistent.

>> INSPECTION END

TEST 5: AIR INLET CIRCUIT CHECK
1.CHECK AIR LEAK
Check for the presence of a leak/intake of air.
Presence of a leak/intake of air.
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FILTER
Check the condition of the air filter.
Air filter OK.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Replace the air filter with a new part. Refer to FL-24, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD
Check that the intake manifold is not obstructed (dirty).
Is the intake manifold blocked?
Yes or No
Yes >> Clean the intake manifold.
No >> Air circuit OK.
TEST 6: ECM CHECK
1.CHECK ECM CONNECTOR
Check that the ECM connectors are locked correctly.
Are the connectors poorly locked?
Yes or No
Yes >> Lock the connectors correctly.
No >> Replace the ECM.
TEST 7: HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM CHECK
NOTE:
Certain malfunctions make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them first.
It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more than 5 seconds.
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP
It is possible to check the high pressure supply pump capacity by carrying out the following procedure:
• Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the low pressure actuator from the fuel pump (IMV brown connec-
tor) and connect a test adaptor (test IMV).
• Disconnect the 4 fuel injectors.
• Turn the ignition switch ON, connect CONSULT-III and select “RAIL PRESSURE” in DATA MONITOR mode.

EC-1154
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
• Apply brake and start engine. The starter will cut out automatically after 5 seconds.
• Read “RAIL PRESSURE” indication and confirm that maximum value during the test. A
Is the rail pressure greater than 1050 bar?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. EC
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
C
Is the rail pressure greater than 900 bar?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. D
No >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE
Repeat the test when cold. Engine coolant temperature = Intake air temperature. E
Is the rail pressure greater than 1050 bar?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. F
No >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR SEALING
G
The pump can supply the operating pressure.
Turn the ignition switch OFF and reconnect the 4 fuel injectors and low pressure actuator electrically.
Turn the ignition switch ON, and erase DTCs using the CONSULT-III.
Carry out the trouble diagnosis on the fuel injectors by checking the return volume of the 4 fuel injectors (See H
TEST 9 fuel injector sealing check).

>> Repair or replace. I

5.CHECK STARTING CIRCUIT

Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum engine speed 200 rpm). J
Turn the ignition switch OFF and reconnect the 4 fuel injectors and low pressure actuator electrically.
Turn the ignition switch ON, and erase the DTCs using CONSULT-III.
K
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL FILTER
L
Carry out TEST 11.

>> GO TO 7. M
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RETURN VOLUME
Carry out the trouble diagnosis on the fuel injectors by checking the return volume of the 4 fuel injectors.
See TEST 9 or TEST 10 if the engine does not start. N
Is TEST 9 or TEST 10 correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the high pressure pump. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View". O
No >> Replace the suspected fuel injector(s). Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
TEST 8: HIGH-PRESSURE CIRCUIT LEAK CHECK
NOTE: P
Certain malfunctions make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them first.
There is a command that performs a leak test on the high-pressure circuit when the engine is running.
This command can detect a leak on the high-pressure circuit if a union is improperly fitted or bolted, but cannot
detect a small leak if a union is not torque tightened.
This command can only be used if the engine temperature is above 60°C.

EC-1155
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
Perform “HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode, the engine will automatically carry out one
cycle of 4 accelerations to raise the pressure in the fuel rail and check whether there are leaks in the high
pressure circuit.
Watch out for any objects (tools, etc.) on the sides of the engine housing during the four accelerations (vibra-
tions possible).
TEST 9: FUEL INJECTOR LEAK CHECK
NOTE:
Certain malfunctions make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them first.
“HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode also allows you to check the return volume of each fuel
injector to detect a leak inside the fuel injectors.
Tooling required:
• It is essential to use 4 transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of approximately 50
cm.
• 4 graduated measuring cylinders.
PROCEDURE
• Check that the engine coolant temperature is above 60°C.
• Turn ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect the return pipes from the 4 fuel injectors.
• Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
• Connect the 4 transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of 50 cm in place of the
return pipes.
• Immerse these 4 pipes into 4 graduated measuring cylinders.
Having carried out these preparations, start the engine, then let it run for 2 minutes at idle speed.
• Perform “HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode: the engine will automatically perform one
cycle of 4 accelerations to raise the pressure in the fuel rail and measure the leaks inside the fuel injectors in
these conditions.
• Once the cycle is complete, perform “HIGH PRESS CIRC LEAK T” in ACTIVE TEST mode again for the cor-
rect reading of the return volume of each fuel injector.
At the end of both cycles, the return volume of each fuel injector should be 35 ml at maximum. If the return
volume of one of the fuel injectors is above 35 ml, replace the suspected fuel injector.
• Disconnect the 4 transparent pipes and reconnect the fuel injector return circuit.
Watch out for any objects (tools, etc.) at the sides of the engine housing during the four cycles (vibrations pos-
sible).
TEST 10: FUEL INJECTOR RETURN FLOW IN STARTING PHASE
NOTE:
Certain malfunctions make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them first.
It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more that 5 seconds.
In the event the engine does not start, only the static leak can be measured, that is the leak with the fuel injec-
tor closed, inactive and not subject to any high pressure.
Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum speed 200 rpm).
Tooling required:
• It is essential to use four transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and approximately 50 cm long.
• A test adapter (TEST IMV)
PROCEDURE:
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the four fuel injector return pipes.
3. Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
4. Connect the four transparent pipes with an internal diameter of 4 mm and a length of approximately 50
cm.
5. Disconnect the low pressure actuator from the pressure (brown IMV connector) and connect the test
adapter (test IMV).
6. Electrically disconnect the 4 fuel injectors.
7. Turn ignition switch ON, apply brake and start engine. The starter cuts in automatically after 5 seconds.
8. Measure the amount of fuel in each pipe.
Replace the fuel injector(s) whose leak return is greater than 10 cm.
Disconnect the four transparent fuel pipes and reconnect the fuel injector return circuit.
Disconnect the test IMV and reconnect the low pressure actuator to the pump.

EC-1156
 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
TEST 11: FUEL FILTER CHECK
A
1.CEHCK FUEL FILTER
Check the conformity of the fuel filter.
Is the fuel filter correct? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Replace the fuel filter with an original part. Refer to FL-24, "Exploded View". C
2.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Turn ignition switch OFF, analyses the fuel in the fuel filter.
• Disconnect the fuel supply and return hoses from the fuel filter. D
• Block the fuel filter inlets and outlets straight away with appropriate plugs.
• Remove the fuel filter from its holder and shake it well, keeping the caps in place and empty the contents of
the fuel filter into a glass container by lifting up a protective cap and undoing the bleed screw. E
Can you see at the bottom of the container a deposit of black particles?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. F
No >> Fuel filter correct.
3.CHECK METAL PARTICLES
Pass a magnet beneath the container to collect only all the metal particles. Take the magnet away from the G
container.
Do the particles collected using the magnet cover a surface area greater than 1 cm2?
H
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the entire injection system. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
No >> Fuel filter correct.
I

EC-1157
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000006824723

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed.

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006824724

1.PRECONDITIONING
• Connect a CONSULT-III
• Connect a battery charger
• Electric load switch is OFF
NOTE:
The system can be reprogrammed using CONSULT-III.
Before an ECM is replaced in after-sales, the following must be done.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Check the injector adjustment value using “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.

>> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM.

>> GO TO 4.
4.ENTER INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
After replacing ECM, enter each injector adjustment value using “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.

>> GO TO 5.
5.SET SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Also set the system configuration using “CONFIGURATION” mode with CONSULT-III.

>> END

EC-1158
 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006835166

There is a 16 digit code on the fuel injectors called injector adjustment value. This code is specific to each fuel EC
injector, and takes into account differences in manufacture and specifies the flow injected by each of them.
When a fuel injector is replaced, it is necessary to program the injector adjustment value of the new fuel injec-
tor into the ECM.
When an ECM is replaced, it is necessary to program the injector adjustment values of the four fuel injectors. C
There are two possibilities:
• If it is possible to communicate with the ECM:
- Read out the data from the ECM using the “SAVE DATA FOR REPLACE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with D
CONSULT-III.
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Remove battery negative cable.
- Change the ECM. E
- Reprogram the data from the “WRITE DATA AFTER REPLACE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III to the replaced ECM.
- After replacement, ensure that the ECM has not detected malfunctions relating to the injector adjustment F
value and check that the MI is turned OFF.
• If it is not possible to communicate with the ECM:
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Remove battery negative cable. G
- Change the ECM.
- Read the data on the fuel injectors.
- Enter the data in the ECM using the “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- H
SULT-III manually.
- Reconfigure the different elements such as the power-assisted steering pump assembly and the ther-
moplungers etc.
I
- Using CONSULT-III, ensure that the ECM has not detected malfunctions relating to the injector adjustment
value and check that the MI is turned OFF.

EC-1159
 REPLACING FUEL INJECTORS
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
REPLACING FUEL INJECTORS
Description INFOID:0000000006835167

NOTE:
Injector adjustment value is a factory calibration carried out on each fuel injector to adjust the flow of
each one precisely, taking into account differences in manufacture.
The injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered in the ECM
which can then control each fuel injector by taking account of their differences in manufacture.
The system can be programmed “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
The injector adjustment values (16 digit code) must be replaced after replacing a fuel injector.
• Entering each injector adjustment value, when replacing the ECM.

EC-1160
 FUEL FILTER
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
FUEL FILTER
A
Description INFOID:0000000006835163

A water draining cock is on the lower side. EC

G
JSBIA1013GB

1. Priming pump 2. Fuel filter H

Work Procedure (Air Bleeding) INFOID:0000000006835164

I
Refer to FL-18, "Air Bleeding".
Work Procedure (Water Draining) INFOID:0000000006835165

J
Refer to FL-17, "Water Draining".

EC-1161
 CHECKING SEALING AFTER REPAIR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
CHECKING SEALING AFTER REPAIR
Description INFOID:0000000006835168

After any operation, check that there are no fuel leaks.

Reprime the circuit using the priming pump.
Start the engine and allow to warm up at idle speed, visually inspecting for any fuel leaks.
Apply tracing fluid around the high pressure connections of the pipe that has been replaced.
Once the engine coolant temperature is above 50 °C and provided there are no malfunctions present, carry
out a road test, taking the engine speed up to 4,000 rpm at least once to check that there are no leaks.
Perform a visual inspection after the road test to make sure that there are no high pressure leaks.
Clean off the tracing fluid.

EC-1162
 TIGHTENING THE HIGH PRESSURE PIPES
< BASIC INSPECTION > [K9K]
TIGHTENING THE HIGH PRESSURE PIPES
A
Description INFOID:0000000006835169

All the high pressure pipe removed must be systematically replaced along with the clips. EC
NOTE:
Fit the pump/rail pipe before the rail/injector pipes.
RAIL-PUMP PIPE C
• Undo the rail,
• Grease the threads of the high pressure pipe nuts,
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure pump outlet,
D
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure rail inlet.
• Move the nut into position by hand, on the rail side then the pump side,
• Tighten the rail,
• Tighten the high pressure pipe nuts on the rail side then on the E
pump side.

MBIB1483E H
RAIL/INJECTOR PIPES
• Undo the rail,
• Grease the threads of the high pressure pipe nuts, I
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure injector inlet,
• Insert the high pressure pipe olive into the taper of the high pressure rail outlet,
• Move the nuts into position by hand, on the injector side then the rail side, J
• Tighten the rail,
• Ensure that the new clip, supplied with the new high pressure pipe, is fitted,
• Tighten the nuts of the high pressure pipes on the injector side first and then on the fuel rail side.
NOTE: K
Before fitting a new high pressure pipe, move back the nuts on the pipe then lightly lubricate the nut
threads with the oil from the sachet (1) provided in the parts kit.
L

EC-1163
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description INFOID:0000000006834100

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indi-
cate the specific malfunctioning area.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834101

1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-1106, "Diagnosis Description".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform GI-46, "Intermittent Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1164
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006824733

1.INSPECTION START EC
Start engine.
Is engine running?
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
G
ECM
+ – Voltage
H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
107
108 I
E32 93 E32 Battery voltage
109
112
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. K
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No. 52) L
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. N
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM O
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
107
108 P
E32 Ground Existed
109
112
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.

EC-1165
 PC001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
PC001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000006834107

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834108

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
MULTIPLEX NETWORK (CAN COMMUNICATION LINE)
PC001 (CAN communication line is open or
• 1.DEF: Carry out the multiplex network trouble diagnosis
shorted)
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834110

Go to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

EC-1168
 P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834117

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(CMP sensor circuit is open or shorted.) C
• Harness or connectors
CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELA- (CKP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0016
TION • Camshaft position sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor D
• Timing belt
• Signal plate
NOTE: E
• If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0335 or P0340, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335 or
P0340. Refer to EC-1200 or EC-1202.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
F
The DTC is declared present when cranking the engine or at idle speed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834118

G
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1203, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-324, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK SPROCKET I

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket. Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly
and Assembly". K
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1201, "Component Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-324, "Removal and Installation".
M
4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-352, "Disassembly and Assembly".
5.CHECK TIMING BELT O

Refer to EM-324.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace timing belt. Refer to EM-324, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1169
 P0070 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0070 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834122

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0070 • CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12V
• MAF sensor 1 (Intake air temperature sen-
• CC.1: Short circuit to ground
sor)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834124

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect MAF sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F95 1 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F95 2 F59 71 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1171, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor 1 (Intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-303, "Exploded
View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

EC-1170
 P0070 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834125

EC
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between MAF sensor 1 (Intake air temperature sensor) terminals 1 and 2 under the fol-
lowing conditions. C

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

-40 (-40) 50,000 ± 6,800 D
-10 (14) 9,500 ± 900
25 (77) 2,051 ± 120
E
50 (122) 810 ± 47
80 (176) 310 ± 17
2. If NG, replace MAF sensor 1 (Intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-303, "Exploded View". F

EC-1171
 P0087 FUEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0087 FUEL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834127

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Fuel pump
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0087 FUEL FLOW CAPACITY FUNCTION • Fuel filter
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel line
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834128

1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1193, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-24, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK FUEL LINE
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair fuel line. Refer to FL-16, "Checking Fuel Line".
7.PERFORM HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM CHECK
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

EC-1172
 P0089 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834146

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION
• 1.DEF: At minimum limit
• 2.DEF: At maximum limit
• Fuel pump
• 3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
• Air mixed with fuel
P0089 • 4.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• Lack of fuel
• 5.DEF: High flow current < minimum
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• 5.DEF: High flow current > maximum
• 7.DEF: Low flow current < minimum
• 8.DEF: Low flow current > maximum
NOTE:
• If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0180, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0180. Refer to
EC-1181.
• If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0190, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0190. Refer to
EC-1183.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with engine running.
• Special notes:
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834147

1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Perform EC-1193, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Fuel pump. Refer to FL-19, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK FUEL LINE
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair fuel line. Refer to FL-16, "Checking Fuel Line".
5.PERFORM HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM CHECK
Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1174
 P0100 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0100 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834151

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Permanent low level
C
• 2.DEF: Permanent high level
• Air filter obstructed
P0100 • 3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
• Intake air duct obstructed
• 4.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• 5.DEF: Permanent at minimum limit D
• 6.DEF: Permanent at maximum limit
NOTE:
• If DTC P0100 is displayed with DTC P0235, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0235. Refer to E
EC-1194.
• If DTC P0100 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
EC-1227.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs: F
The DTC is declared present with engine running.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, mass air flow sensor function will stop and EGR volume control valve is closed. G

EC-1175
 P0110 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0110 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006879156

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT (TURBOCHARGER
• Harness or connectors
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT)
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0110 • CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12V
• MAF sensor 2 (Turbocharger air tempera-
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground
ture sensor)
• DEF: Incoherency, not plausible

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006879157

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK MAF SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect MAF sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor 2 harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor 2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F96 1 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor 2 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F96 2 F59 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1177, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor 2 (Turbocharger air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-303,
"Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-1176
 P0110 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Refer to EC-1164.
A
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006879158
EC

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between MAF sensor 2 (Turbocharger air temperature sensor) terminals 1 and 2 under C
the following conditions.

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ D

-40 (-40) 50,000 ± 6,800
-10 (14) 9,500 ± 900
E
25 (77) 2,051 ± 120
50 (122) 810 ± 47
80 (176) 310 ± 17 F
2. If NG, replace MAF sensor 2 (Turbocharger air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-304, "Exploded View".

EC-1177
 P0115 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0115 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834161

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0115 • CC.0: Short circuit to ground (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit • Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, cooling fan motor is activated at low speed for vehicles fitted with air conditioning.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834163

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.

ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F60 1 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F60 2 F59 63 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-75, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-1178
 P0115 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Refer to EC-1164.
A
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834164
EC

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. C

Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

-40 (-40) 76,000 ± 7,000 D
-10 (14) 12,500 ± 1,130
25 (77) 2,252 ± 112
E
50 (122) 810 ± 40
80 (176) 280 ± 8
110 (230) 115 ± 3 F
120 (248) 88 ± 2
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-75, "Exploded View".
G

EC-1179
 P0170 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0170 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834166

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Injector Adjustment Value is not registered
P0170 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE DATA ERROR
sufficiently
NOTE:
• If DTC P0170 is displayed with DTC P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, first perform trouble diagno-
sis for other DTC. Refer to EC-1185 or EC-1187.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834167

1.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION

Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1180
 P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834170

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0180 • CC.0: Short circuit to ground (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C
• CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit • Fuel temperature sensor

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834172

D
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. E
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
H

Fuel temperature sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
F69 1 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. L

Fuel temperature sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
F69 2 F59 59 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
4.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1182, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1087, "Component Parts Location".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1181
 P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834173

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between fuel temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 2.2 kΩ at 25°C (77°F)

2. If NG, replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1087, "Component Parts Location".

EC-1182
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0190 FRP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834176

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Inconsistency
C
• 2.DEF: Below minimum threshold • Harness or connectors
P0190 • 3.DEF: Above maximum threshold (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 4.DEF: Value outside of tolerance • Fuel rail pressure sensor
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground D
• CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit
NOTE:
• If DTC P0190 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to E
EC-1227.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present after the engine started.
• Special notes: F
- If this DTC is present, engine stops and is impossible to restarted.
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834178

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Check the voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Fuel rail pressure sensor L

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F72 3 Ground Approx. 5.0V
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM P

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 2 F59 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1183
 P0190 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 1 F59 46 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1184, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834179

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 46 (Fuel rail pressure sensor signal) and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.

Condition Voltage V
Idle Approximately 1.0
2,000 rpm Approximately 1.5
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it
again. Then repeat above check.
5. If NG, replace fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EC-1087, "Component Parts Location".

EC-1184
 P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834183

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0200 • CC.0: Short circuit to ground (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
C
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V • Fuel injector
NOTE:
• If DTC P0200 is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, first perform trouble diagnosis for
D
other DTC. Refer to EC-1187.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with engine running.
• Special notes: E
- If this DTC is present, the engine stops.
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834185
F

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. H

ECM Fuel injector

Cylinder Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
52 F84 1 No.4
44 F83 1 No.3 J
F59 Existed
60 F82 1 No.2
36 F81 1 No.1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. M

ECM Fuel injector

Cylinder Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
56 F84 2 No.4
48 F83 2 No.3
F59 Existed O
64 F82 2 No.2
40 F81 2 No.1
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

EC-1185
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834189

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
NO. 1 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
• CO: Open circuit
C
P0201 • CC: Short circuit
• 1.DEF: At minimum stop
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop
NO. 2 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT D
• CO: Open circuit
P0202 • CC: Short circuit
• 1.DEF: At minimum stop
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop • Harness or connectors E
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
NO. 3 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT • Fuel injector
• CO: Open circuit
P0203 • CC: Short circuit F
• 1.DEF: At minimum stop
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop
NO. 4 CYLINDER FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT G
• CO: Open circuit
P0204 • CC: Short circuit
• 1.DEF: At minimum stop
• 2.DEF: At maximum stop H
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with engine running. I
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the idle speed is stuck at 1,000 rpm with engine noise, unstable engine speed,
reduced engine performance. J
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
- Malfunction indicator (Yellow) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834191 K

1.CHECK DTC
Make sure that which malfunction (DTC second line indication) is displayed. L

A CO or CC
B 1.DEF or 2.DEF
M

A or B
A >> GO TO 2. N
B >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. P

EC-1187
 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

Check knock sensor shield circuit for open and short.
Refer to EC-1136, "Wiring Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INSTALLATION C
Check that knock sensor is installed securely on the engine.
Refer to EC-1087, "Component Parts Location".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR G
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".
H

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834192 I

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. J
2. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

Continuity should exist. K

3. If NG, replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".

L

EC-1189
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0225 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834197

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

APP SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
• CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground • Harness or connectors
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0225
• 1.DEF: Inconsistency between APP sensors 1 and 2 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• 2.DEF: No signal (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
• 3.DEF: Blocked component
NOTE:
• If DTC P0225 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
EC-1227.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine speed is maintained above 1,000 rpm, the engine performance is reduced,
and malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
- If this DTC is present with DTC P2120, the engine speed is fixed at 1,800 rpm, the engine performance is
reduced, and malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834199

1.CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-1190
 P0225 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

APP sensor ECM sensor A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 2 E32 111 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

APP sensor ECM sensor

Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 3 E32 110 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. I
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM J

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1191, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
M
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.
N
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834200
O
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Disconnect APP sensor harness connector.
P
2. Check resistance between the APP sensor terminals 2 and 4, 1 and 5.

Terminals Resistance
2 and 4: 1.7 ± 0.9 kΩ
1 and 5: 2.4 ± 1.2 kΩ
3. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-1191
 P0231 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0231 FUEL PUMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834204

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0231 • CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V • Fuel pump
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the fuel pump is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from revving.
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834206

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel pump harness connector and ground.

Fuel pump
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F90 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E68, F75
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Fuel pump ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F90 1 F59 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1193, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-24, "Removal and Installation".

EC-1192
 P0231 FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834207

C
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. D

Resistance: 5.3 ± 0.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

3. If NG, replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-24, "Exploded View". E

EC-1193
 P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834211

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Permanent low level
• 2.DEF: Permanent high level
• Harness or connectors
• 3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
P0235 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 4.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• 5.DEF: Inconsistency
• 6.DEF: Permanent at maximum limit
• 7.DEF: Permanent at minimum limit
NOTE:
• If DTC P0235 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer
to EC-1227.
• Special notes:
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834213

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharge boost sensor harness connector and ground.

Turbocharger boost sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 1 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Turbocharger boost sensor ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F77 2 F59 43 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-1194
 P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834215

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Insufficient compression
P0263 NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE • Incorrect valve clearance
P0266 NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE • Intake air leak
P0269 NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE • EGR volume control valve
P0272 NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
NOTE:
• If DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272 is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first per-
form the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204. Refer to EC-1187.
• If DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272 is displayed with DTC P0089, first perform the trouble diagno-
sis for DTC P0089. Refer to EC-1174.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine is maintained at 1,000 rpm and engine performance is reduced.
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834216

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.CHECK FOR EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
1. Stop engine.
2. Visually check EGR volume control valve.
Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-318, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EM-318, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair.

EC-1196
 P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834218

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name Possible Cause

• Harness or connectors
P0325 KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor
NOTE:
• If DTC P0325 is displayed with DTC P0115, P0180 or P2226, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0115, P0180 or P22264. Refer to EC-1178, EC-1181 or EC-1238.
A malfunction for these sensors could lead to an incorrect trouble diagnosis on the knock sensor.
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834220

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 1 F59 53 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 2 F59 57 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check the continuity between knock sensor terminals 1 and 2.

EC-1198
 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0335 CKP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834237

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF: Inconsistency
• 2.DEF: No signal • Harness or connectors
P0335 • 3.DEF: Too many additional teeth (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 4.DEF: Teeth missing • Crankshaft position sensor
• 5.DEF: Additional teeth
• 6.DEF: Too many teeth missing
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with the engine cranking or idling.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC (with 1.DEF, 2.DEF, 3.DEF, 6.DEF) is present, the engine stops and malfunction indicator
(Red) lights up.
- If this DTC (with 4.DEF, 5.DEF) is present, the engine performance is reduced and malfunction indicator
(Red) will not light up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834239

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F80 2 F59 55 Existed
4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F80 1 F59 54 Existed
2. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1200
 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A

Refer to EC-1201, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. EC
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-312, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
C
Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. D
NO >> Replace signal plate.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164. E

>> INSPECTION END

F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834240

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR G

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminals 1 and 2.
H
Resistance: 760 Ω
3. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-312, "Exploded View".
I

EC-1201
 P0340 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0340 CMP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834243

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
P0340 • Camshaft position sensor
• 1.DEF: Signal absent
• Timing belt
• Signal plate
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with the engine cranking or idling.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834245

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor harness connector and ground.

CMP sensor (PHASE)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F70 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness continuity between camshaft position sensor and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 2 F59 51 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1202
 P0340 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM sensor EC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 3 F59 50 Existed
C
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. D
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1203, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-324, "Removal and Installation". F
7.CHECK SPROCKET
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace sprocket. H
8.CHECK TIMING BELT
Refer to EM-324.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace timing belt. Refer to EM-324, "Removal and Installation".
J
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834246 L

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. M
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Measure the voltage signal between ECM terminal 50 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester under the
following conditions. N

EC-1203
 P0380 GLOW RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0380 GLOW RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834334

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0380 GLOW PLUG DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION (The glow relay circuit is open.)
C
• Glow relay

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834336

D
1.CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow relay harness connector. E
3. Check the voltage between glow relay harness connector and ground.

Glow relay F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 4 Ground Battery voltage
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. H
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 100A fusible link I
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and battery

J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between glow relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Glow relay ECM sensor L

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 3 F58 18 Existed
M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GLOW RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between glow relay harness connector and ECM harness connector. O

Glow relay ECM sensor

Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 8 F58 11 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1205
 P0382 GLOW RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0382 GLOW RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834337

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
GLOW RELAY CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0382 • CC.1: Short circuit to +12V (The glow relay circuit is open or shorted.)
C
• CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground • Glow relay
NOTE:
• Special note:
D
- If this DTC is present, engine starting is difficult (or impossible when cold).
- If this DTC (with CO.0) is present, continuous operation of the glow plugs permanently controlled with risk of
being damaged and risk of damaging the engine.
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834339

1.CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow relay harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between glow relay harness connector and ground.
G

Glow relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal H
F54 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
Check the following.
• 100A fusible link
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and battery K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between glow relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
Glow relay ECM sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
F54 3 F58 18 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GLOW RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

1. Check the continuity between glow relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Glow relay ECM sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 8 F58 11 Existed

EC-1207
 P0400 EGR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0400 EGR FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834341

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is open
• 1.DEF: Parameter at minimum level C
or shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Parameter at maximum level
P0400 • EGR volume control valve stuck
• 3.DEF: Inconsistency
• EGR volume control valve control position
• 4.DEF: Valve jammed
sensor D
• 5.DEF: Valve clogged
• EGR passage clogged
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs: E
The DTC is declared present with engine running.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine will be unsteady, with possible stalling. Starting malfunctions, or even
impossible when cold. F
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
- Malfunction indicator (Yellow) lights up.
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834343

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector. I

ECM EGR volume control valve terminal

Continuity J
Connector terminal Connector terminal
37 1
38 5 K
F59 39 F87 3 Existed
76 6
L
79 2
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE N
Refer to EC-1210, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK EGR PASSAGE P
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace EGR passage. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
EC-1209
 P0400 EGR FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834344

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

1. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 5 4 ± 1.6 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
1 and 3 1 ± 0.5 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
2 and 6 8 ± 0.5 kΩ at 25°C (77°F)
2. If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".

EC-1210
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834347

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is open
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V C
or shorted.)
P0403 • CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground
• EGR volume control valve stuck closed
• CO: Open circuit
• EGR volume control valve control position
• 1.DEF: Overheat detection
sensor D
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with engine running at idle speed. E
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine is difficult to start, or even impossible when cold.
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
- Malfunction indicator (Yellow) lights up. F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834349

G
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. H
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.
I
ECM EGR volume control valve terminal
Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
37 1 J
38 5
F59 39 F87 3 Existed
K
76 6
79 2
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1212, "Component Inspection". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View". O
3.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube P
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace EGR passage. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-1211
 P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834350

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

1. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 5 4 ± 1.6 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
1 and 3 1 ± 0.5 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
2 and 6 8 ± 0.5 kΩ at 25°C (77°F)
2. If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".

EC-1212
 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834353

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SEN-
(The EGR volume control valve control position
SOR CIRCUIT C
P0409 sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• 1.DEF: Below minimum threshold
• EGR volume control valve stuck
NOTE: D
• If this DTC is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
EC-1227.
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834355

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector. G

ECM EGR volume control valve terminal

Continuity H
Connector terminal Connector terminal
37 1
38 5 I
F59 39 F87 3 Existed
76 6
J
79 2
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE L
Refer to EC-1214, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK EGR PASSAGE N
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR hose O
• EGR cooler
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair or replace EGR passage. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1213
 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834356

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

1. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 5 4 ± 1.6 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
1 and 3 1 ± 0.5 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
2 and 6 8 ± 0.5 kΩ at 25°C (77°F)
2. If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".

EC-1214
 P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834371

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SEN-
(The EGR volume control valve control position
SOR CIRCUIT C
P0487 sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• CO.0: Short circuit to ground or open circuit
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V
• EGR volume control valve stuck
NOTE: D
• If this DTC is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to
EC-1227.
• Special notes: E
- Malfunction indicator (Yellow) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834373

F
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. G
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.
H
ECM EGR volume control valve terminal
Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
I
37 1
38 5
F59 39 F87 3 Existed J
76 6
79 2
K
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1216, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View". N
3.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks. O
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace EGR passage. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

EC-1215
 P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834374

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

1. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 5 4 ± 1.6 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
1 and 3 1 ± 0.5 kΩ at 20°C (68°F)
2 and 6 8 ± 0.5 kΩ at 25°C (77°F)
2. If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-306, "Exploded View".

EC-1216
 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0500 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006834379

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the ECM from the combination meter by CAN communication line. EC
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834380

C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted) D
• Harness or connectors
P0500 VEHICLE SPEED INFORMATION
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834381

F
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-88, "Work flow".
G
>> INSPECTION END
H

EC-1217
 P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834384

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0530 • CO.1: Short circuit to +12V or open circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground • Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE:
• If DTC P0530 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer
to EC-1227.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834386

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E6, F46
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 1 F58 6 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
EC-1218
 P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834388

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

• Battery
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Battery terminal
P0560 • 1.DEF: Above maximum threshold
• Alternator
• 2.DEF: Below threshold
• Incorrect jump starting
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present when the engine is running at above 1,000 rpm.
• Special notes:
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834390

1.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check battery voltage.

Voltage: Above 11V

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Recharge the battery.
2.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check battery terminals condition.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the battery terminals.
3.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to, PG-287, "Battery" and CHG-47, "Alternator".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace with a proper one.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E32 93 Ground battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No. 52)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

EC-1220
 P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834393

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0571 • CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Signal absent • Stop lamp switch
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present when the ignition switch is turned ON, when decelerating or when the brake
pedal is depressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834395

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E116 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No. 38)
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E116 2 E32 100 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1222
 P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH A

Refer to EC-1223, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. EC
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834396

STOP LAMP SWITCH E

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
F
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
G
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-96, "Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step
2 again. H

EC-1223
 P0604 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0604 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834399

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

P0604 ECM MEMORY • ECM
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs:
The DTC is declared present with engine running.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, it is impossible to stop and restart the engine.
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834400

1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

Check that all injector adjustment values are registered correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter all injector adjustment values correctly. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-72,
"ECM : Work Procedure".
3. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1224
 P0606 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0606 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834402

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
ECM
• 1.DEF: Analogue/digital converter
C
• 2.DEF: Injection calibration data
P0606 • 3.DEF: Memory self-test • ECM
• 4.DEF: Non refreshed watchdog
• 5.DEF: Interference on the injector control line D
• 6.DEF: Watchdog activation
NOTE:
• Special note: E
- If this DTC is present, the engine speed is set to 1,300 rpm, a louder sound is heard coming from the engine
and malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
- When engine is stopped, malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834403

1.CHECK DTC G
Make sure that which malfunction (DTC second line indication) is displayed.

A 1.DEF, 3.DEF, 4.DEF or 6.DEF H

B 2.DEF
C 5.DEF
I
A, B or C
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 3. J
C >> GO TO 5.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. K
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-72,
"ECM : Work Procedure".
3. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description". L

>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE M

Check that all injector adjustment values are registered correctly.

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter all injector adjustment values correctly. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".
4.REPLACE ECM O
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-72,
"ECM : Work Procedure". P
3. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".

>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
Check injector control circuit for open and short.
Refer to EC-1136, "Wiring Diagram".

EC-1225
 P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834408

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit is shorted.)
C
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EGR volume control valve control position sensor circuit
is shorted.) D
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (Mass air flow sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0641 • 1.DEF: Parameter at minimum level (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• 2.DEF: Parameter at maximum level • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) E
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• Mass air flow sensor F
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE:
• If DTC P0641 is displayed with DTC P0100, P0190, P0225, P0235, P0409, P0487, P0530, P0651, P2120, G
first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine stops immediately and cannot be restarted. H
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834410

I
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. J
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
M
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-1227
 P0651 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0651 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834413

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
APP SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0651 • CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12V C
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
NOTE:
• If DTC P0651 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to D
EC-1227.
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine idle speed is set to 1,000 rpm, the engine performance is reduced, and E
- Malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834415
F
1.CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. G
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. J

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal K
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 1 E32 104 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-1229
 P0651 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 6 E32 103 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1230, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834416

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Disconnect APP sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between the APP sensor terminals 2 and 4, 1 and 5.

Terminals Resistance
2 and 4: 1.7 ± 0.9 kΩ
1 and 5: 2.4 ± 1.2 kΩ
3. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-1230
 P0685 ECM RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0685 ECM RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834421

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
ECM RELAY CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0685 • 1.DEF: Permanent low signal (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
C
• 2.DEF: Permanent high signal • ECM relay

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834423

D
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. E
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF,
F58 3 Ground battery voltage will exist for a few G
seonds, then drop proximately 0 V.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO (Battery voltage does not exist)>>GO TO 2.
NO (Battery voltage exists for more then a few seconds)>>GO TO 5.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
J

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal K
F58 12 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III M
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
N

IPDM ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
F115 75 F58 3 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

EC-1231
 P0703 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P0703 BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834427

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT • Harness or connectors
P0703 • 1.DEF: Signal absent (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) C
• 2.DEF: Inconsistency • Stop lamp switch
NOTE:
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored DTCs: D
The DTC is declared present when the ignition switch is ON, when decelerating or when the brake pedal is
depressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834429 E

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. G

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal H
E116 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No. 38)
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and IPDM E/R K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
M
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E116 2 E32 100 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. P
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1233
 P0703 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-1234, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834430

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-96, "Inspection and Adjustment", and perform step
2 again.

EC-1234
 P2120 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2120 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834437

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
APP SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2120 • CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to ground C
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• CC.1: Short circuit to +12V
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
NOTE:
• If DTC P2120 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641. Refer to D
EC-1227.
• If DTC P2120 is displayed with DTC P0651, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651. Refer to
EC-1229. E
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, the engine speed is maintained above 1,000 rpm, and malfunction indicator (Red)
lights up.
F
- If this DTC is present with DTC P0225, the engine idle speed is fixed at 1,800 rpm, and malfunction indica-
tor (Red) lights up.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834439
G

1.CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. K

APP sensor
Ground Voltage L
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5.0V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM
O
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-1235
 P2120 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 1 E32 104 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 6 E32 103 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1236, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1164.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834440

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Disconnect APP sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between the APP sensor terminals 2 and 4, 1 and 5.

Terminals Resistance
2 and 4: 1.7 ± 0.9 kΩ
1 and 5: 2.4 ± 1.2 kΩ
3. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Exploded View".

EC-1236
 P2226 BARO SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2226 BARO SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834446

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
P2226 • CC.1: Shot circuit to +12V • ECM
C
• CO.0: Short circuit to ground or open circuit

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834447

D
1.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-72, E
"ECM : Work Procedure".
3. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-1159, "Description".
F
>> INSPECTION END

EC-1237
 P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006834453

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Possible cause

WATER IN FUEL SENSOR CIRCUIT
• Harness or connectors
• CC.0: Short circuit to ground
P2264 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• 1.DEF: Above maximum threshold (water presence)
• Water in fuel sensor
• 2.DEF: Permanent high level
NOTE:
• Special notes:
- If this DTC is present, malfunction indicator (Red) lights up.

EC-1238
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
COOLING FAN
A
Description INFOID:0000000006834460

EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
C
Battery Battery voltage
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed* Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature D
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
E
*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
F
COOLING FAN OPERATION

MBIB1472E

EC-1239
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006834462

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-16, "CONSULT-
III Function (IPDM E/R)".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at each speed (Low/High).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-48, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
• Engine is running
29
• Cooling fan speed is High
E11 Ground Battery voltage
• Engine is running
31
• Cooling fan speed is Low
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
COOLING FAN MOTOR HIGH CIRCUIT

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E11 29 E75 1 Existed

COOLING FAN MOTOR LOW CIRCUIT

IPDM E/R Cooling fan resistor Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E11 29 1 — —
E76 Existed
— — 2 E75 1
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.

EC-1240
 COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

Cooling fan motor A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E75 2 Ground Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Cooling fan resistor
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground E

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

F
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Refer to EC-1241, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-70, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Perform EC-1164.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006834463 J

COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector. K
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
3. If NG, replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-70, "Removal and L
Installation".

N
MBIB1557E

EC-1241
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006833502

NOTE:
Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the CONSULT-III.

Symptom Trouble diagnosis Reference page

No communication with the ECM CHART 1 EC-1242
The engine does not start CHART 2 EC-1243
Starting malfunction The engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls CHART 3 EC-1245
Starting difficult with warm engine CHART 4 EC-1246
Rough idle speed (pumping) CHART 5 EC-1247
Idle speed malfunction
Idle speed too high or too low CHART 6 EC-1248
Unexpected acceleration/deceleration and engine stalling CHART 7 EC-1249
Response malfunction CHART 8 EC-1249
Engine stop (timing) CHART 9 EC-1250
Behavior while driving
Engine jerking CHART 10 EC-1251
Lack of power CHART 11 EC-1252
Too much power CHART 12 EC-1253
Excessive consumption CHART 13 EC-1254
Overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear CHART 14 EC-1255
Road holding (continued)
Engine dies when pulling away CHART 15 EC-1256
The engine does not stop CHART 16 EC-1257
Clanking engine, noisy engine CHART 17 EC-1258
Squalling noise CHART 18 EC-1258
General mechanical noises CHART 19 EC-1259
Noise, odors or smoke Blue, white or black smoke CHART 20 EC-1260
Exhaust odors CHART 21 EC-1261
Diesel odors CHART 22 EC-1261
Smoke (blue, white or black) on acceleration CHART 23 EC-1262

CHART 1: NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM INFOID:0000000006833503

1.INSPECTION START
Ensure that CONSULT-III is not causing the malfunction by trying to establish dialogue with an ECM on
another vehicle. If the CONSULT-III is not at malfunction, and dialogue cannot be established with any other
ECM on the same vehicle, the cause could be a suspected ECM interfering on the CAN communication line.
Check the voltage of the battery and carry out the operations necessary to obtain a voltage which is to specifi-
cation (9.5 V < U battery < 17.5 V).

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION
Perform trouble diagnosis on the CAN communication line using CONSULT-III.

>> GO TO 3.

EC-1242
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

3.CHECK ECM GROUND A

Check the ECM earth (ground) point on the side strut tower.

>> GO TO 4. EC
4.CHECK DLC CONNECTOR CIRCUIT
Check the followings:
C
• Connection between the CONSULT-III and the data link connector (wiring in good condition)
• Engine and passenger compartment fuses

D
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DLC CONNECTOR CIRCUIT
Check for the presence of 12 V on terminal 16 with ignition switch OFF, 12 V on terminal 8 with ignition switch E
ON and an earth (ground) on terminals 4 and 5 of the data link connector.
Repair if necessary.
F
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
G
Connect the CONSULT-III and check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the
connections:
• ECM terminal 12 and IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 50
• ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 75 H
• ECM terminal 107 and ground
• ECM terminal 108 and ground
• ECM terminal 109 and ground I
• ECM terminal 112 and ground
• ECM terminal 88 and DLC terminal 7
(Refer to EC-1136, "Wiring Diagram".)
Repair if necessary. J

>> INSPECTION END

K
CHART 2: THE ENGINE DOES NOT START INFOID:0000000006833504

L
1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel. M

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL AND ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL N
Check the engine oil and coolant levels.

O
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". P

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Yes or No

EC-1243
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

15.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM A

Check the high pressure system using TEST 7. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 16. EC
16.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
C

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 3: THE ENGINE STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY OR STARTS THEN STALLS D
INFOID:0000000006833505

E
1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel. F

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL AND ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL G
Check the engine oil and coolant levels.
H
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". I

>> GO TO 4.
J
4.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Yes or No K
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DISTRIBUTION L

Is the distribution properly adjusted?

Yes or No M
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> Perform the required repairs.
6.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE N
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
O
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> Perform the required repairs.
7.CHECK GLOW PLUGS P
Check the condition of the glow plugs.

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.

EC-1245
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
Check the electrical circuit using TEST 2. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Visually check the high pressure circuit for leaks using TEST 8. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM
Check the high pressure system using TEST 7. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 4: STARTING DIFFICULT WITH WARM ENGINE INFOID:0000000006833506

1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Perform the required repairs.
4.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Yes or No

EC-1246
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 5. A
5.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
EC

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS C
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.

D
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". E

>> GO TO 8.
F
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Operate the fuel injectors via ACTIVE TEST with CONSULT-III.
G
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK FUEL INECTORS H
Is movement of the valve audible 1 m away from the vehicle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10. I
No >> Perform TEST 11. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". If TEST 11 is in order, replace the
malfunctioning fuel injector(s).
10.CHECK ECM J
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

K
>> INSPECTION END
CHART 5: ROUGH IDLE SPEED (PUMPING) INFOID:0000000006833507

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT

M
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
O
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS P
Is the engine wiring harness cut off or jammed?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Is the high pressure actuator blocked?
EC-1247
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check for leaks in the high pressure circuit using TEST 8. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK GLOW PLUGS
Check that the glow plugs are working properly.
Is the glow plug resistance above 1Ω?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the glow plugs. Refer to EM-316, "Removal and Installation".
No >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
8.CHECEK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check the high pressure pump using TEST 7. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 6: IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH/TOO LOW INFOID:0000000006833510

1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
Check the electrical circuit using TEST 2. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CLUTCH LINKAGE
Is the clutch linkage correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Carry out the required repairs
4.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1248
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
CHART 7: UNEXPECTED ACCELERATION/DECELERATION AND ENGINE OVER-
A
CHARGING INFOID:0000000006833513

EC
1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
C
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT D
Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3. E
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Is the engine wiring harness cut off or pinched? F
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
H

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION I
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine stalls).
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs. J
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ECM K
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END L

CHART 8: RESPONSE MALFUNCTION INFOID:0000000006833514

1.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT

Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". N

>> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No P
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
3.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
EC-1249
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly.
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check for leaks in the high pressure circuit using TEST 8. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Is the high pressure actuator blocked?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 9: ENGINE STOP/STALLING INFOID:0000000006833515

1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL AND ENGINE COOLANT
Check the engine oil and coolant levels.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine racing).

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

EC-1250
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER A

Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?

Yes or No EC
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS C
Visually check the condition of the engine wiring harness.

D
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
Check the electrical circuit using TEST 2. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". E

>> GO TO 8.
F
8.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
G
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT H
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 10. I
10.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE CURCUIT
Visually check the high pressure circuit for leaks using TEST 8. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
J

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM K
Check the high pressure system using TEST 7. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

L
>> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". M

>> INSPECTION END

N
CHART 10: ENGINE JERKING INFOID:0000000006833517

O
1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and that the fuel type is suitable.
Is the fuel type suitable and the tank correctly filled? P
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Refill the fuel tank correctly.
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

EC-1251
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Is the engine wiring harness cut off or pinched?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK GLOW PLUGS
Check that the glow plugs are working properly.
Is the glow plug resistance above 1Ω?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the glow plugs. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
7.CHECK VALVE CLEARANCE
Is the valve clearance properly adjusted?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> Make the necessary adjustments.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check the high pressure pump using TEST 7. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 11: LACK OF POWER INFOID:0000000006833518

1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.

EC-1252
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

3.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL A

Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. EC
No >> Top up the oil.
4.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
C
Is the catalytic converter sealed off or damaged?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View". D
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly. E
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6. F
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
6.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CURCUIT
G
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 7. H
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
I

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE J
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
9.CHECK VALVE CLEARANCE L
Is the valve clearance properly adjusted?
Yes or No
Yes >> INSPECTION END M
No >> Make the necessary adjustments.
CHART 12: TOO MUCH POWER INFOID:0000000006833521
N

1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS O

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION
EC-1253
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine stalls).
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 13: EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION INFOID:0000000006833522

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT

Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Is the high pressure actuator leaking?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Is the fuel pump temperature sensor leaking?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the fuel pump temperature sensor.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check for leaks in the high pressure circuit using TEST 8. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 8.

EC-1254
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

8.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS A

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 9. EC
9.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Is the engine oil level correct?
C
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Top up the oil. D
10.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or damaged?
Yes or No E
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 11.
F
11.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly.
Is the turbocharger correct? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> Carry out the required repairs. H
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 13.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
J
13.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
K
>> INSPECTION END
CHART 14: OVERSPEED WHEN LIFTING OFF ACCELERATOR OR CHANGING L
GEAR INFOID:0000000006833529

M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Check that there is no obstacle obstructing the accelerator pedal travel (carpet, hard spot, etc.). N

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS O
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

P
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 4.

EC-1255
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

4.CHECK CLUTCH LINKAGE

Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
5.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine stalls).
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly.
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
7.CHECK INJECTORS
Check the injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 15: ENGINE DIES ON PULLING AWAY INFOID:0000000006833533

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL

Is the clutch pedal free travel correctly adjusted?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
2.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CTALYTIC CONVETER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or damaged?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
EC-1256
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CLUTCH LINKAGE EC
Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7. C
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
7.CHECK WIRING HARNESS
D
Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs. E
No >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
CHART 16: ENGINE BACKFIRES, ENGINE NOISE INFOID:0000000006833534

H
1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL AND ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL J
Check the engine oil and coolant levels.

K
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct? L
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Perform the required repairs. M
4.CHECK GLOW PLUGS
Check the condition of the glow plugs. N

>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS O
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
P
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 7.

EC-1257
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

7.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CURCUIT

Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INJECTORS
Check the injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 17: CLANKING ENGINE, NOISY ENGINE INFOID:0000000006833535

1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GLOW PLUGS
Check that the glow plugs are working properly.
Is the glow plug resistance above 1Ω?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the glow plugs. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL INECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 18: SQUALLING NOISE INFOID:0000000006833536

1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.

EC-1258
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS A

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs. EC
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP
C
Is the high pressure actuator blocked?
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs. D
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ECM
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". E

>> INSPECTION END

F
CHART 19: VARIOUS MECHANICAL NOISES INFOID:0000000006833537

G
1.CHECK FUEL INJECOTR OPERATION
Check that the fuel injectors are not making a buzzing noise (injector discharge).
H
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 2.
I
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR INSTALLATION
Are the mounting clips on the fuel injector pipes broken or missing?
Yes or No J
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS K

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
L
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
M
Is the catalytic converter clogged or damaged?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View". N
No >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". O

>> GO TO 6.
P
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CLUTCH LINKAGE
Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?
EC-1259
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
8.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly.
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
9.CHECK VALVE CLEARANCE
Is the valve clearance properly adjusted?
Yes or No
Yes >> INSPECTION END
No >> Make the necessary adjustments.
CHART 20: EXHAUST ODOURS INFOID:0000000006833538

1.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine stalls).
Yes or No
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check that the turbocharger is working properly.
Is the turbocharger correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Carry out the required repairs.
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL
Is the engine oil level correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> Top up the oil.
6.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVETER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or damaged?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
EC-1260
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".
A
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM EC
Check the ECM using TEST 6. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END C

CHART 21: DIESEL ODOURS INFOID:0000000006833539

1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT

Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". E

>> GO TO 2.
F
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Is the high pressure actuator leaking?
Yes or No G
Yes >> Carry out the required repairs.
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

Is the fuel pump temperature sensor leaking?

Yes or No I
Yes >> Replace the fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1087, "Component Parts Location".
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS J
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

K
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check for leaks in the high pressure circuit using TEST 8. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure". L

>> INSPECTION END

M
CHART 22: BLUE, WHITE OR BLACK SMOKE INFOID:0000000006833545

N
1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.
O

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL AND ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL P
Check the engine oil and coolant levels.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine racing).

EC-1261
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [K9K]

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Are the compressions correct?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Perform the required repairs.
5.CHECK GLOW PLUGS
Check the condition of the glow plugs.

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Is the catalytic converter clogged or deteriorated?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the catalytic converter. Refer to EM-310, "Exploded View".
No >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK INLET AIR CIRCUIT
Check the inlet air circuit using TEST 5. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ENGINE PARAMETERS
Check the engine parameters using TEST 4. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK LOW PRESSURE CIRCUIT
Check the low pressure circuit using TEST 1. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
Check the fuel injectors using TEST 3. Refer to EC-1151, "Basic Test Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

CHART 23: SMOKE (BLUE, BLACK OR WHITE) ON ACCELERATING INFOID:0000000006833546

1.CHECK FUEL
Check that the fuel reservoir is correctly filled and with the right fuel.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL AND ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
Check the engine oil and coolant levels.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE ASPIRATION
Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil (engine racing).

EC-1262
 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [K9K]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006846549

JSBIA1073ZZ

1. ECM bracket 2. ECM

: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006846550

REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-284, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Exploded
View".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-48, "Exploded View".
3. Remove mounting nut (A) and bolts (B).
4. Disconnect harness connectors, and then remove IPDM E/R
cover (1).
5. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
6. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
7. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.

JSBIA0473ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-1158, "Work Procedure".

EC-1264
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [K9K]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006824977
EC

Condition Specification
C
No load* (in Neutral position) 800 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, glow plug, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
E

EC-1265